* frames.texi (Pop-Up Menus): Document where menu title comes from (Bug#7684).
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobf0723936d1bb9a64a18c31c52a853de80265d2fe
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19752 41642))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37 \(fn)" t nil)
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42 \(fn)" t nil)
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47 \(fn)" t nil)
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
53 \(fn)" t nil)
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65 ;;;***
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
76 ;;;***
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
94 \(fn)" t nil)
96 ;;;***
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
105 \(fn)" t nil)
107 ;;;***
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
119 ;;;***
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19752
125 ;;;;;; 41642))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
222 \(fn)" t nil)
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
260 ;;;***
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19752 41642))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
304 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
305 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
306 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
307 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
308 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
310 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
311 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
312 the new one.
314 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
315 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
316 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
317 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
318 mapped to the closest extremal position).
320 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
321 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
322 the cache-id will clear the cache.
324 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
326 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
328 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
329 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
330 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
331 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
332 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
333 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
334 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
335 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
336 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
337 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
338 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
339 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
340 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
341 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
342 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
343 definition will always be cached for later usage.
345 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
347 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
348 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
349 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
351 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
352 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
353 BODY...)
355 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
356 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
357 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
358 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
359 see also `ad-add-advice'.
360 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
361 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
362 before/around/after-advices will be used.
363 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
364 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
365 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
366 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
367 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
368 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
370 Semantics of the various flags:
371 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
372 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
373 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
375 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
376 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
378 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
379 advised function should be compiled.
381 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
382 during activation until somebody enables it.
384 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
385 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
386 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
387 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
389 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
390 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
391 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
392 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
393 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
394 during preloading.
396 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
397 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
398 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
399 BODY...)
401 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
403 ;;;***
405 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
406 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
407 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19752 41642))
408 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
410 (autoload 'align "align" "\
411 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
412 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
413 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
414 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
415 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
416 rule's `separate' attribute).
418 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
419 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
420 `separate' attribute set.
422 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
423 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
424 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
425 on the format of these lists.
427 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
429 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
430 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
431 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
432 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
433 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
434 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
435 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
436 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
437 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
438 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
439 options.
441 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
442 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
444 Fred (123) 456-7890
445 Alice (123) 456-7890
446 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
447 Joe (123) 456-7890
449 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
450 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
451 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
453 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
455 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
456 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
457 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
458 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
459 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
460 align that section.
462 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
464 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
465 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
466 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
467 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
468 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
469 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
470 been used to align that section.
472 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
474 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
475 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
476 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
477 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
478 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
479 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
480 to be colored.
482 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
484 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
485 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
487 \(fn)" t nil)
489 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
490 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
492 \(fn)" t nil)
494 ;;;***
496 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
497 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
498 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
500 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
502 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
504 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
506 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
508 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
510 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
512 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
514 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
516 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
518 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
520 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
522 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
524 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
526 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
528 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
533 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
534 \\<allout-mode-map>
536 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
537 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
538 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
540 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
541 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
542 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
543 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
544 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
545 outline.)
547 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
549 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
550 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
551 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
552 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
553 - easy topic encryption and decryption
554 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
555 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
556 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
558 and many other features.
560 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
561 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
562 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
563 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
564 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
566 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
567 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
568 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
569 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
570 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
571 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
572 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
573 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
575 Exposure Control:
576 ----------------
577 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
578 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
579 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
580 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
581 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
583 Navigation:
584 ----------
585 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
586 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
587 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
588 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
589 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
590 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
591 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
592 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
593 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
594 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
597 Topic Header Production:
598 -----------------------
599 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
600 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
601 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
603 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
604 ---------------------------------
605 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
606 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
607 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
608 current topic
609 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
610 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
611 are alternated according to nesting depth.
612 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
613 the offspring are not affected.
614 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
616 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
617 ----------------------------------
618 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
619 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
620 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
621 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
622 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
623 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
624 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
625 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
627 Topic-oriented Encryption:
628 -------------------------
629 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
630 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
632 Misc commands:
633 -------------
634 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
635 and establish a default file-var setting
636 for `allout-layout'.
637 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
638 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
639 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
640 buffer with name derived from derived from that
641 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
642 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
643 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
644 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
645 format.
646 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
647 auto-activation.
649 Topic Encryption
651 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
652 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
653 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
654 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
656 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
657 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
658 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
659 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
661 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
662 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
663 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
664 pitfalls.
666 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
667 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
668 for details.
670 HOT-SPOT Operation
672 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
673 navigation and exposure control.
675 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
676 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
677 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
678 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
679 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
681 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
682 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
683 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
684 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
685 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
687 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
688 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
689 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
690 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
691 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
692 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
693 at the beginning of the current entry.
695 Extending Allout
697 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
698 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
699 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
701 `allout-mode-hook'
702 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
703 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
704 `allout-structure-added-hook'
705 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
706 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
708 Terminology
710 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
712 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
713 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
714 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
715 CURRENT ITEM:
716 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
717 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
718 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
719 called the:
720 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
722 ANCESTORS:
723 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
724 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
725 of the ITEM.
726 OFFSPRING:
727 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
728 SUBTOPIC:
729 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
730 CHILD:
731 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
732 SIBLINGS:
733 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
735 Topic text constituents:
737 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
738 text.
739 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
740 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
741 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
742 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
743 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
744 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
745 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
746 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
747 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
748 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
749 the PREFIX.
751 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
752 of the ITEM.
753 PREFIX-LEAD:
754 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
755 It can be customized by changing the setting of
756 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
758 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
759 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
760 program code without interfering with processing of the text
761 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
762 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
763 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
764 docstring for more detail.
765 PREFIX-PADDING:
766 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
767 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
768 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
769 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
770 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
771 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
772 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
773 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
774 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
775 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
776 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
777 more details.
778 EXPOSURE:
779 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
780 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
781 CONCEALED:
782 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
783 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
785 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
786 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
787 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
789 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
791 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
793 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
794 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
796 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
797 setup for auto-startup.
799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
801 ;;;***
803 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
804 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19752 41642))
805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
807 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
809 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
810 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
811 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
812 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
813 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
814 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
816 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
818 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
819 Not documented
821 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
823 ;;;***
825 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
826 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19752 41642))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
829 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
830 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
831 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
832 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
833 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
834 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
835 in the current window.
837 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
839 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
840 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
841 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
843 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
845 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
846 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
847 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
849 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
851 ;;;***
853 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
854 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19752 41642))
855 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
857 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
858 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
860 \(fn)" t nil)
862 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
863 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
865 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
866 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
867 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
868 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
870 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
871 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
873 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
875 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
877 ;;;***
879 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
880 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19752 41642))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
883 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
884 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
885 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
886 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
887 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
888 \\[yank].
890 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
891 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
892 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
893 the rules.
895 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
896 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
897 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
898 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
900 \(fn)" t nil)
902 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
903 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
904 \\{antlr-mode-map}
906 \(fn)" t nil)
908 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
909 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
910 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
912 \(fn)" nil nil)
914 ;;;***
916 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
917 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19752 41642))
918 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
920 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
921 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
922 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
923 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
924 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
925 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
927 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
929 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
930 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
932 \(fn)" t nil)
934 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
935 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
936 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
937 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
938 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
939 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
940 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
942 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
944 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
945 appointment package (if it is not already active).
947 \(fn)" nil nil)
949 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
950 Toggle checking of appointments.
951 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
952 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
956 ;;;***
958 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
959 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
960 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19752 41642))
961 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
963 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
964 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
965 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
966 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
968 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
969 kind of objects to search.
971 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
973 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
974 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
975 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
976 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
977 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
978 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
980 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
981 normal variables.
983 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
985 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
987 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
988 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
989 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
990 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
991 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
992 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
994 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
995 noninteractive functions.
997 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
998 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1000 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1001 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1003 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1006 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1008 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1010 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1011 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1012 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1013 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1015 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1016 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1017 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1018 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1020 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1021 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1023 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1025 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1027 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1028 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1029 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1030 thus be found in `load-history'.
1032 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1034 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1035 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1036 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1037 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1038 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1039 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1041 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1042 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1043 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1045 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1047 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1048 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1049 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1050 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1051 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1052 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1054 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1055 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1056 bindings.
1057 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1059 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1061 ;;;***
1063 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19752
1064 ;;;;;; 41642))
1065 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1067 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1068 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1069 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1070 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1071 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1072 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1074 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1075 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1076 archive.
1078 \\{archive-mode-map}
1080 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1082 ;;;***
1084 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19752 41642))
1085 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1087 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1088 Major mode for editing arrays.
1090 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1091 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1092 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1094 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1096 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1097 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1098 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1100 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1101 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1102 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1103 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1104 The variables are:
1106 Variables you assign:
1107 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1108 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1109 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1110 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1111 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1112 row numbers in the buffer.
1114 Variables which are calculated:
1115 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1116 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1118 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1119 take a numeric prefix argument):
1121 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1122 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1123 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1124 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1126 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1127 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1128 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1129 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1131 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1132 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1133 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1134 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1136 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1137 between that of point and mark.
1139 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1140 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1142 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1143 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1144 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1145 newlines inside rows)
1147 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1149 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1151 \(fn)" t nil)
1153 ;;;***
1155 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19752
1156 ;;;;;; 41642))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1159 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1160 Toggle Artist mode.
1161 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1162 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1163 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1165 How to quit Artist mode
1167 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1170 How to submit a bug report
1172 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1175 Drawing with the mouse:
1177 mouse-2
1178 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1179 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1180 below).
1182 mouse-1
1183 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1184 or pastes:
1186 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1189 to new point
1190 --------------------------------------------------------------
1191 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1201 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1202 --------------------------------------------------------------
1203 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1204 --------------------------------------------------------------
1205 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1206 lines
1207 --------------------------------------------------------------
1208 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1209 --------------------------------------------------------------
1210 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1211 --------------------------------------------------------------
1212 Paste Paste Paste
1213 --------------------------------------------------------------
1214 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1215 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1218 or diagonally.
1220 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1221 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1222 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1223 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1224 poly-lines.
1226 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1227 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1228 overwrite means the opposite.
1230 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1231 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1232 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1234 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1236 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1237 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1239 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1240 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1241 are currently drawing something.
1243 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1244 some time to fill.
1247 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1248 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1251 Settings
1253 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1255 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1257 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1259 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1261 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1262 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1264 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1267 Drawing with keys
1269 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1270 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1271 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1272 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1273 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1274 When pasting: Pastes
1276 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1278 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1280 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1281 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1282 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1283 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1284 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1285 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1288 Arrows
1290 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1291 of the line/poly-line
1293 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1294 of the line/poly-line
1297 Selecting operation
1299 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1301 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1303 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1305 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1306 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1307 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1308 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1309 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1310 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1311 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1312 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1313 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1314 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1315 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1316 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1317 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1318 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1319 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1320 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1323 Variables
1325 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1326 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1328 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1329 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1330 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1331 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1332 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1333 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1334 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1335 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1336 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1337 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1338 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1339 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1340 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1341 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1342 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1343 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1344 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1345 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1346 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1348 Hooks
1350 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1351 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1354 Keymap summary
1356 \\{artist-mode-map}
1358 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1360 ;;;***
1362 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19752
1363 ;;;;;; 41642))
1364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1366 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1367 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1368 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1370 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1371 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1372 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1373 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1375 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1376 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1378 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1379 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1381 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1383 Special commands:
1384 \\{asm-mode-map}
1386 \(fn)" t nil)
1388 ;;;***
1390 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1391 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
1392 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1394 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1395 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1396 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1398 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1400 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1401 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1402 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1403 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1404 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1405 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1406 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1407 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1408 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1409 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1411 For example:
1412 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1413 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1414 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1415 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1416 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1418 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1422 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1423 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1424 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1426 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1427 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1429 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1431 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1432 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1433 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1434 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1435 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1436 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1438 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1442 ;;;***
1444 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1445 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
1446 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1448 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1449 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1451 \(fn)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1456 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19752 41642))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1459 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1460 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1461 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1463 \(fn)" t nil)
1465 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1466 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1467 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1468 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1470 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1472 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1473 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1474 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1476 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1477 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1479 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1481 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1482 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1483 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1484 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1486 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1487 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1491 ;;;***
1493 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1494 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1495 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
1496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1498 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1500 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1502 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1503 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1504 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1505 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1506 save the buffer too.
1508 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1510 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1512 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1513 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1514 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1515 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1516 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1517 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1519 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1520 directory or directories specified.
1522 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1524 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1525 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1526 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1528 \(fn)" nil nil)
1530 ;;;***
1532 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1533 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1534 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19752 41642))
1535 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1537 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1538 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1540 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1541 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1542 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1543 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1544 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1548 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1549 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1551 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1552 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1554 \(fn)" nil nil)
1556 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1557 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1558 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1560 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1561 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1562 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1563 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1564 reflected in the current buffer.
1566 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1567 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1568 writing before you save the file!
1570 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1574 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1575 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1577 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1578 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1580 \(fn)" nil nil)
1582 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1583 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1584 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1586 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1587 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1589 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1591 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1592 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1593 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1594 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1596 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1597 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1598 to revert a particular buffer.
1600 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1601 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1602 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1603 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1604 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1606 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1607 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1608 specifies in the mode line.
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1612 ;;;***
1614 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1615 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19752 41642))
1616 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1618 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1619 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1620 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1622 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1624 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1626 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1627 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1628 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1629 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1631 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1632 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1633 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1635 Effects of the different modes:
1636 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1637 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1638 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1639 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1640 a random distance & direction.
1641 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1642 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1643 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1645 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1647 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1648 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1649 definition of \"random distance\".)
1651 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1653 ;;;***
1655 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1656 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
1657 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1658 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1660 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1661 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1662 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1663 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1665 \(fn)" t nil)
1667 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1668 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1669 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1671 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1672 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1674 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1676 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1677 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1678 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1679 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1680 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1681 seconds.
1683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1685 ;;;***
1687 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1688 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19752 41642))
1689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1691 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1692 Time execution of FORMS.
1693 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1694 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1695 FORMS once.
1696 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1697 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1698 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1700 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1702 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1703 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1704 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1705 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1706 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1708 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1710 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1711 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1712 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1713 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1714 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1716 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1718 ;;;***
1720 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1721 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19752 41642))
1722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1724 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1725 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1726 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1727 of corresponding buffers.
1728 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1729 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1730 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1731 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1732 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1733 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1735 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1737 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1738 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1740 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1742 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1743 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1744 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1745 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1747 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1748 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1749 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1750 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1751 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1753 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1754 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1757 Special information:
1759 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1761 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1762 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1763 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1764 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1765 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1766 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1767 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1768 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1769 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1770 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1771 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1773 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1774 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1775 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1776 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1777 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1778 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1779 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1780 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1782 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1784 ----------------------------------------------------------
1785 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1786 if that value is non-nil.
1788 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1790 \(fn)" t nil)
1792 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1793 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1794 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1795 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1796 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1797 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1798 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1799 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1800 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1801 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1803 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1805 ;;;***
1807 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1808 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
1809 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1810 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.bst\\'") 'bibtex-style-mode))
1812 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1813 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1817 ;;;***
1819 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1820 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1821 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
1822 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1824 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1826 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1827 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1828 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1830 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1832 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1833 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1835 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1837 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1838 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1840 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1842 ;;;***
1844 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19752
1845 ;;;;;; 41642))
1846 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1848 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1849 Play blackbox.
1850 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1852 What is blackbox?
1854 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1855 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1856 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1857 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1858 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1859 your score.
1861 Overview of play:
1863 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1864 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1865 four.
1867 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1868 movement keys.
1870 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1871 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1873 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1874 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1876 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1877 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1878 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1879 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1880 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1881 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1883 Details:
1885 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1887 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1888 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1889 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1890 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1892 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1893 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1894 denoted by the letter `R'.
1896 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1897 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1898 denoted by the letter `H'.
1900 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1901 example.
1903 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1904 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1905 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1906 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1907 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1908 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1909 ray.
1911 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1912 degree deflection it causes.
1915 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1917 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1918 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1922 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1925 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1926 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1929 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1930 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1931 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1936 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1938 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1939 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1940 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1941 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1942 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1943 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1944 emerging from the box.
1946 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1948 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1949 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1950 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1952 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1953 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1954 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1955 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1957 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1958 a reflection.
1960 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1962 ;;;***
1964 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1965 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1966 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1967 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1968 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19752 41642))
1969 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1970 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1971 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1972 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1974 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1975 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1976 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1977 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1978 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1979 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1980 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1982 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1983 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1984 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1986 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1987 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1988 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1989 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1990 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1991 recent one.
1993 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1994 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1995 yank successive words.
1997 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1998 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1999 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2000 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2001 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2003 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2004 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2005 the list of bookmarks.)
2007 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2009 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2010 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2011 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2012 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2013 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2014 this.
2016 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2017 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2018 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2019 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2021 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2022 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2024 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2025 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2026 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2028 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2030 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2031 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2033 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2035 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2036 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2037 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2039 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2040 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2041 after a bookmark was set in it.
2043 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2045 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2046 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2047 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2049 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2050 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2052 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2054 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2057 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2058 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2059 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2061 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2063 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2064 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2065 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2067 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2068 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2069 name.
2071 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2073 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2074 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2075 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2077 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2078 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2079 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2080 this.
2082 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2084 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2085 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2086 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2088 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2089 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2090 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2091 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2092 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2093 probably because we were called from there.
2095 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2097 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2098 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2099 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2101 \(fn)" t nil)
2103 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2104 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2105 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2106 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2107 \(second argument).
2109 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2110 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2111 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2112 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2113 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2115 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2116 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2117 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2118 `bookmark-default-file'.
2120 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2122 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2123 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2124 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2125 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2126 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2127 while loading.
2129 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2130 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2131 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2132 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2133 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2134 explicitly.
2136 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2137 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2138 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2139 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2141 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2143 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2144 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2145 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2146 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2147 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2149 \(fn)" t nil)
2151 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2153 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2155 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2156 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2158 \(fn)" t nil)
2160 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2162 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2164 ;;;***
2166 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2167 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2168 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2169 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2170 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2171 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2172 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2173 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2174 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2175 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
2176 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2178 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2179 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2180 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2181 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2183 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2184 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2185 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2186 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2187 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2189 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2191 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program (purecopy "firefox") "\
2192 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2194 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2196 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program (purecopy "galeon") "\
2197 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2199 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2201 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2202 Not documented
2204 \(fn)" nil nil)
2206 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2207 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2208 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2209 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2210 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2211 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2213 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2215 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2216 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2217 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2218 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2219 narrowed.
2221 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2223 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2224 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2226 \(fn)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2229 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2231 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2233 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2234 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2235 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2236 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2238 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2240 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2242 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2243 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2247 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2248 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2249 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2250 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2251 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2252 to use.
2254 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2256 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2257 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2258 Default to the URL around or before point.
2260 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2261 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2262 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2263 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2265 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2266 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2268 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2269 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2271 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2273 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2274 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2275 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2276 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2278 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2279 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2280 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2281 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2283 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2284 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2285 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2287 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2288 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2290 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2292 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2293 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2294 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2295 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2297 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2298 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2299 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2300 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2303 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2304 new tab in an existing window instead.
2306 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2307 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2314 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2315 Firefox.
2317 When called interactively, if variable
2318 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2319 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2320 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2321 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2323 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2324 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2325 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2327 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2328 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2330 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2331 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2332 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2333 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2334 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2335 URL in a new window.
2337 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2341 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2342 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2344 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2345 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2346 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2347 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2349 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2350 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2351 new tab in an existing window instead.
2353 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2354 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2365 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2366 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2368 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2369 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2370 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2371 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2374 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2376 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2378 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2379 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2381 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2382 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2383 program is invoked according to the variable
2384 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2386 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2387 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2388 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2389 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2392 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point.
2400 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2401 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2402 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2404 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2405 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2406 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2407 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2410 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point.
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2420 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2423 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2427 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2428 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2429 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2430 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2436 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2437 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2438 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2439 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2441 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2443 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2444 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2445 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2446 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2447 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2449 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2450 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2451 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2452 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2455 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2459 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2460 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2461 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2462 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2463 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2464 current one.
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2468 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2469 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2472 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2479 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2480 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2481 don't offer a form of remote control.
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point.
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2493 Default to the URL around the point.
2495 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2496 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2498 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2499 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2501 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2503 ;;;***
2505 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19752
2506 ;;;;;; 41642))
2507 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2509 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2510 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2512 \(fn)" t nil)
2514 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2515 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2517 \(fn)" nil nil)
2519 ;;;***
2521 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2522 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19752 41642))
2523 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2525 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2526 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2527 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2528 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2530 \(fn)" t nil)
2532 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2533 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2534 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2535 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2537 \(fn)" t nil)
2539 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2540 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2542 \(fn)" t nil)
2544 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2545 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2546 \\<bs-mode-map>
2547 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2548 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2549 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2550 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2552 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2553 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2554 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2555 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2556 name of buffer configuration.
2558 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2560 ;;;***
2562 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19752 41642))
2563 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2565 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2566 Play Bubbles game.
2567 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2568 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2569 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2570 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2571 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2572 columns on its right towards the left.
2574 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2575 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2576 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2577 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2579 \(fn)" t nil)
2581 ;;;***
2583 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2584 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19752 41642))
2585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2587 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2589 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2590 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2594 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2595 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2599 ;;;***
2601 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2602 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2603 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2604 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2605 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (19752 41642))
2606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2607 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2608 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2609 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2611 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2613 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2614 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2615 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2616 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2617 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2618 else the global value will be modified.
2620 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2622 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2623 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2624 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2625 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2626 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2627 else the global value will be modified.
2629 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2631 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2632 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2633 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2635 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2637 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2638 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2639 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2640 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2642 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2643 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2644 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2645 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2646 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2647 before scanning it.
2649 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2650 that already has a `.elc' file.
2652 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2653 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2655 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2656 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2657 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2658 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2659 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2660 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2662 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2664 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2665 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2666 Print the result in the echo area.
2667 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2671 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2672 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2673 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2675 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2677 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2678 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2679 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2680 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2681 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2682 all functions called by those functions.
2684 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2685 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2686 cons, etc.).
2688 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2689 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2690 invoked interactively.
2692 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2694 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2695 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2696 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2697 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2699 \(fn)" nil nil)
2701 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2702 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2703 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2704 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2705 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2706 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2707 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2708 already up-to-date.
2710 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2712 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2713 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2714 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2715 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2717 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2718 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2719 and corresponding effects.
2721 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2723 ;;;***
2725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19752
2726 ;;;;;; 41642))
2727 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2729 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2731 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2733 ;;;***
2735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19752 41642))
2736 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2738 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2740 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2742 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2744 ;;;***
2746 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2747 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
2748 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2750 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2751 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2752 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2753 from the cursor position.
2755 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2757 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2759 ;;;***
2761 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2762 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2763 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19752
2764 ;;;;;; 41642))
2765 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2766 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2768 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2769 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2773 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2774 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2776 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2779 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2781 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2783 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2784 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2786 \(fn)" t nil)
2788 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2789 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2790 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2791 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2793 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2795 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2796 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2797 This is most useful in the X window system.
2798 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2799 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2801 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2803 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2804 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2805 See calc-keypad for details.
2807 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2810 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2812 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2814 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2815 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2817 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2819 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2820 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2822 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2824 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2825 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2826 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2828 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2830 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2831 Define Calc function.
2833 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2834 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2835 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2837 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2838 actual Lisp function name.
2840 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2842 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2844 ;;;***
2846 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19752
2847 ;;;;;; 41642))
2848 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2850 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2851 Run the Emacs calculator.
2852 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2854 \(fn)" t nil)
2856 ;;;***
2858 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19752
2859 ;;;;;; 41642))
2860 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2862 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2863 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2864 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2865 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2866 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2867 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2869 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2870 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2871 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2872 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2873 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2874 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2875 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2876 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2877 window.
2879 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2880 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2882 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2883 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2884 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2885 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2886 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2887 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2889 Runs the following hooks:
2891 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2892 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2893 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2894 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2896 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2900 ;;;***
2902 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2903 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19752 41642))
2904 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2906 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2907 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2909 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2911 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2912 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2913 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2914 it fails.
2916 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2918 ;;;***
2920 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2921 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
2922 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2924 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2925 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2927 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2928 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2929 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2930 restriction to ASCII.
2932 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2934 capitalizedWorDD
2935 ^ ^ ^^
2937 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2938 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2939 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2941 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2942 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2943 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2944 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2945 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2946 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2947 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2949 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2950 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2954 ;;;***
2956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19752
2957 ;;;;;; 41642))
2958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2959 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2961 ;;;***
2963 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2964 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
2965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2967 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2968 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2970 \(fn)" nil nil)
2972 ;;;***
2974 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2975 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2976 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
2977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2979 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2980 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2981 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2982 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2983 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2984 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2985 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2987 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2989 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2990 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2991 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2992 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2993 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2994 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2995 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2997 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3000 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3001 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3002 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3003 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3004 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3005 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3007 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3009 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3010 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3012 Key bindings:
3013 \\{c-mode-map}
3015 \(fn)" t nil)
3017 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3018 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3020 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3021 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3022 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3023 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3024 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3025 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3026 message.
3028 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3030 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3031 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3033 Key bindings:
3034 \\{c++-mode-map}
3036 \(fn)" t nil)
3038 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3039 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3040 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3042 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3043 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3044 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3045 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3046 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3047 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3048 message.
3050 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3052 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3053 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3055 Key bindings:
3056 \\{objc-mode-map}
3058 \(fn)" t nil)
3060 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3061 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3062 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3064 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3065 Major mode for editing Java code.
3066 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3067 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3068 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3069 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3070 message.
3072 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3074 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3075 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3077 Key bindings:
3078 \\{java-mode-map}
3080 \(fn)" t nil)
3082 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3083 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3084 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3086 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3087 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3088 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3089 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3090 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3091 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3092 message.
3094 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3096 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3097 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3099 Key bindings:
3100 \\{idl-mode-map}
3102 \(fn)" t nil)
3104 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3105 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3106 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3107 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3109 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3110 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3111 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3112 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3113 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3114 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3115 message.
3117 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3119 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3120 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3122 Key bindings:
3123 \\{pike-mode-map}
3125 \(fn)" t nil)
3126 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3127 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3128 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3129 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3130 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3131 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3133 ;;;***
3135 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3136 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19752 41642))
3137 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3139 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3140 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3141 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3142 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3144 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3146 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3147 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3148 might get set too.
3150 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3151 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3152 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3153 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3154 way.
3156 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3157 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3158 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3159 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3160 a null operation.
3162 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3164 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3165 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3166 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3167 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3169 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3171 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3172 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3173 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3175 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3177 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3178 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3179 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3180 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3181 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3183 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3185 ;;;***
3187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19752 41642))
3188 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3189 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3190 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3191 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3193 ;;;***
3195 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3196 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3197 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
3198 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3200 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3201 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3203 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3205 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3206 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3208 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3210 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3211 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3213 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3214 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3215 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3216 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3217 execution.
3219 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3221 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3223 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3224 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3226 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3227 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3228 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3229 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3231 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3232 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3233 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3234 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3235 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3236 `write' commands.
3238 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3239 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3240 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3241 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3243 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3244 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3245 semantics.
3247 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3249 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3251 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3253 STATEMENT :=
3254 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3255 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3257 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3258 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3259 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3260 | integer
3262 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3264 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3265 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3266 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3268 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3269 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3270 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3272 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3273 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3275 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3276 BREAK := (break)
3278 REPEAT :=
3279 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3280 (repeat)
3281 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3282 ;; (repeat))
3283 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3284 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3285 ;; (read REG)
3286 ;; (repeat))
3287 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3288 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3289 ;; (read REG)
3290 ;; (repeat))
3291 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3293 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3294 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3295 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3296 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3297 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3298 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3299 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3300 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3301 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3302 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3303 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3304 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3305 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3306 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3307 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3308 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3310 WRITE :=
3311 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3312 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3313 ;; representation.
3314 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3315 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3316 ;; (write r7))
3317 | (write EXPRESSION)
3318 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3319 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3320 ;; representation.
3321 | (write integer)
3322 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3323 ;; buffer.
3324 | (write string)
3325 ;; Same as: (write string)
3326 | string
3327 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3328 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3329 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3330 ;; representation.
3331 | (write REG ARRAY)
3332 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3333 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3334 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3335 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3336 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3337 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3339 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3340 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3342 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3343 END := (end)
3345 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3346 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3347 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3349 ARG := REG | integer
3351 OPERATOR :=
3352 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3353 + | - | * | / | %
3355 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3356 | & | `|' | ^
3358 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3359 | << | >>
3361 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3362 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3363 | <8
3365 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3366 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3367 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3368 | >8
3370 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3371 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3372 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3373 | //
3375 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3376 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3378 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3379 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3380 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3381 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3382 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3383 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3384 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3385 | de-sjis
3387 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3388 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3389 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3390 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3391 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3392 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3393 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3394 ;; byte of SJIS.
3395 | en-sjis
3397 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3398 ;; Same meaning as C code
3399 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3401 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3402 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3403 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3404 | <8=
3406 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3407 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3408 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3410 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3411 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3412 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3413 | //=
3415 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3418 TRANSLATE :=
3419 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3420 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3421 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3422 LOOKUP :=
3423 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3424 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3425 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3426 MAP :=
3427 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3428 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3429 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3430 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3431 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3432 MAP-ID := integer
3434 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3436 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3437 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3438 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3439 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3440 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3441 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3443 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3445 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3446 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3447 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3449 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3451 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3453 ;;;***
3455 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3456 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
3457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3459 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3460 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3461 There are no special keybindings by default.
3463 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3464 to the action header.
3466 \(fn)" t nil)
3468 ;;;***
3470 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3471 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19752 41642))
3472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3474 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3475 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3476 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3478 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3480 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3481 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3482 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3484 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3486 ;;;***
3488 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3489 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3490 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3491 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3492 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3493 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3494 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3495 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3496 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19752 41642))
3497 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3498 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3499 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3500 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3501 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3502 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3504 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3505 Not documented
3507 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3509 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3510 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3511 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3512 the users will view as each check is completed.
3514 \(fn)" t nil)
3516 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3517 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3518 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3519 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3520 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3521 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3522 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3523 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3525 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3527 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3528 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3529 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3530 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3531 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3532 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3533 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3534 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3536 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3538 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3539 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3540 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3541 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3542 spacing are all verified.
3544 \(fn)" t nil)
3546 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3547 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3548 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3549 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3550 otherwise stop after the first error.
3552 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3554 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3555 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3556 Only documentation strings are checked.
3557 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3558 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3559 a separate buffer.
3561 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3563 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3564 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3565 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3566 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3567 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3569 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3571 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3572 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3573 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3574 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3575 if there is one.
3577 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3579 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3580 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3581 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3582 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3583 if there is one.
3584 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3586 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3588 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3589 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3590 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3592 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3594 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3595 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3596 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3597 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3598 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3600 \(fn)" t nil)
3602 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3603 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3604 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3605 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3606 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3607 space at the end of each line.
3609 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3611 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3612 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3613 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3614 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3616 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3618 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3619 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3620 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3621 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3623 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3625 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3626 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3627 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3628 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3630 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3632 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3633 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3634 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3635 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3637 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3639 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3640 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3641 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3642 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3644 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3646 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3647 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3648 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3649 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3651 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3653 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3654 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3655 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3656 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3658 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3660 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3661 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3662 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3663 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3665 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3667 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3668 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3669 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3670 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3672 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3674 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3675 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3676 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3677 turn it off.
3679 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3680 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3681 checking of documentation strings.
3683 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3687 ;;;***
3689 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3690 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3691 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19752 41642))
3692 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3694 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3695 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3696 Return the length of resulting text.
3698 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3700 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3701 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3703 \(fn)" t nil)
3705 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3706 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3707 Return the length of resulting text.
3709 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3711 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3712 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3714 \(fn)" t nil)
3716 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3717 Not documented
3719 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3721 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3722 Not documented
3724 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3726 ;;;***
3728 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3729 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19752 41642))
3730 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3732 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3733 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3734 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3735 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3736 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3737 editing and the result is evaluated.
3739 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3741 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3742 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3743 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3744 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3745 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3747 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3749 \(fn)" t nil)
3751 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3752 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3753 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3754 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3755 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3757 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3758 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3759 \\{command-history-map}
3761 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3762 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3764 \(fn)" t nil)
3766 ;;;***
3768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19752 41642))
3769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3771 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3772 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3773 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3774 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3775 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3776 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3778 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3779 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3781 ;;;***
3783 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3784 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
3785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3787 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3788 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3789 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3790 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3791 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3792 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3793 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3794 of this function.
3796 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3797 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3798 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3799 property are:
3801 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3802 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3804 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3805 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3806 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3807 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3808 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3809 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3810 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3811 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3812 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3813 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3814 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3815 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3817 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3818 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3819 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3821 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3822 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3823 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3824 list elements are:
3826 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3828 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3830 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3832 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3833 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3835 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3836 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3838 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3839 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3840 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3841 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3842 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3843 value specified by their associated list element.
3845 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3847 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3848 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3849 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3851 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3852 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3853 * indent the first argument by 4.
3854 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3855 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3856 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3858 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3860 ;;;***
3862 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3863 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
3864 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3866 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3867 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3868 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3869 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3871 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3872 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3873 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3874 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3876 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3877 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3879 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3881 ;;;***
3883 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19752
3884 ;;;;;; 41642))
3885 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3887 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3888 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3889 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3890 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3891 of `scheme-program-name').
3892 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3893 it is given as initial input.
3894 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3895 discards input when it starts up.
3896 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3897 is run).
3898 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3900 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3901 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3903 ;;;***
3905 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3906 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3907 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3908 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
3909 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3911 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3912 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3913 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3914 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3915 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3916 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3917 functions have already modified the buffer.
3919 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3921 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3922 either globally or locally.")
3924 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3926 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3927 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3928 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3929 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3930 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3931 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3932 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3933 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3934 process as its initial input.
3936 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3938 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3940 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3942 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3943 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3944 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3945 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3946 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3947 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3948 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3949 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3950 process as its initial input.
3952 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3954 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3956 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3958 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3959 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3960 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3961 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3962 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3963 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3965 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3967 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3968 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3969 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3970 directory tracking functions.")
3972 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3973 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3974 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3976 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3978 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3980 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3981 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3982 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3984 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3986 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3988 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3989 Send COMMAND to current process.
3990 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3991 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3993 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3995 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3996 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3997 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3998 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4000 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4002 ;;;***
4004 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (19752
4005 ;;;;;; 41642))
4006 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4008 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4009 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4010 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4011 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4013 This command pushes the mark in each window
4014 at the prior location of point in that window.
4015 If both windows display the same buffer,
4016 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4017 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4019 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4020 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4021 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4022 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4023 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4024 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4025 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4026 ignored.
4028 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4029 this command work in interlaced mode:
4030 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4031 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4032 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4034 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4036 ;;;***
4038 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4039 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4040 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4041 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4042 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19752
4043 ;;;;;; 41642))
4044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4046 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4047 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4049 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4051 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4052 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4053 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4054 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4055 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4056 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4057 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4059 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4061 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4062 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4064 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4066 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4067 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4068 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4069 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4070 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4071 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4072 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4074 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4075 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4076 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4077 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4078 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4080 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4081 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4082 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4083 describing how the process finished.")
4085 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4086 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4087 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4088 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4089 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4091 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4092 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4093 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4095 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4097 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4098 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4099 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4100 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4102 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4104 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4105 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4107 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4108 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4110 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4111 (lambda ()
4112 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4113 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4114 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4115 (concat \"make -k \"
4116 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4118 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4119 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4121 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4122 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4123 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4124 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4126 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4128 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4129 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4130 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4131 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4133 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4134 and move to the source code that caused it.
4136 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4137 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4139 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4140 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4141 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4142 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4144 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4145 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4146 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4147 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4149 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4150 kills its subprocesses.
4152 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4153 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4154 to a function that generates a unique name.
4156 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4158 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4159 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4160 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4161 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4163 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4164 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4166 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4167 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4168 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4169 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4171 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4172 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4173 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4175 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4177 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4179 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4180 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4181 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4182 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4183 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4185 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4187 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4189 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4191 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4192 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4193 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4194 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4195 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4196 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4197 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4201 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4202 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4203 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4204 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4205 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4206 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4210 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4211 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4212 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4214 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4216 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gcov\\'") 'compilation-mode))
4218 ;;;***
4220 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4221 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4222 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4224 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4225 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4226 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4227 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4228 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4229 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4231 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4233 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4234 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4235 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4237 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4238 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4239 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4240 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4242 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4243 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4244 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4245 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4247 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4248 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4249 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4250 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4252 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4253 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4254 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4255 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4256 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4260 ;;;***
4262 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4263 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4264 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4266 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4267 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4268 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4271 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4273 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4275 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4276 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4280 ;;;***
4282 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4283 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4284 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4285 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4288 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4289 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4290 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4291 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4292 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4293 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4294 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4296 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4297 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4298 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4300 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4301 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4302 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4304 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4305 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4306 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4307 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4309 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4310 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4311 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4312 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4313 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4314 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4315 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4317 \\{conf-mode-map}
4319 \(fn)" t nil)
4321 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4322 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4323 Comments start with `#'.
4324 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4326 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4328 \[Desktop Entry]
4329 Encoding=UTF-8
4330 Name=The GIMP
4331 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4332 Name[cs]=GIMP
4334 \(fn)" t nil)
4336 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4337 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4338 Comments start with `;'.
4339 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4341 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4343 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4344 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4345 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4347 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4348 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4350 \(fn)" t nil)
4352 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4353 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4354 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4355 between `/*' and `*/'.
4356 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4358 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4359 // another kind of comment
4360 /* yet another */
4362 name:value
4363 name=value
4364 name value
4365 x.1 =
4366 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4367 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4369 \(fn)" t nil)
4371 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4372 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4373 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4374 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4375 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4376 `conf-space-keywords'.
4377 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4378 in an interactive fashion instead.
4380 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4382 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4384 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4385 image/png png
4386 image/tiff tiff tif
4388 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4389 class desktop
4390 # Standard multimedia devices
4391 add /dev/audio desktop
4392 add /dev/mixer desktop
4394 \(fn)" t nil)
4396 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4397 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4398 See `conf-space-mode'.
4400 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4402 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4403 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4404 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4405 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4407 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4409 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4410 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4412 \(fn)" t nil)
4414 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4415 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4416 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4417 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4419 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4421 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4422 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4424 \(fn)" t nil)
4426 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4427 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4428 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4429 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4431 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4433 *background: gray99
4434 *foreground: black
4436 \(fn)" t nil)
4438 ;;;***
4440 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4441 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19752 41642))
4442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4444 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4445 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4446 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4447 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4449 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4451 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4452 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4453 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4454 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4456 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4458 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4459 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4460 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4461 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4463 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4465 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4466 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4468 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4470 ;;;***
4472 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4473 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19752
4474 ;;;;;; 41642))
4475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4477 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4478 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4479 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4480 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4481 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4482 following the copyright are updated as well.
4483 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4484 interactively.
4486 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4488 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4489 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4490 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4492 \(fn)" t nil)
4494 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4495 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4497 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4499 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4500 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4502 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4504 ;;;***
4506 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4507 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19752 41642))
4508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4509 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4510 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4511 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4512 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4513 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4514 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4515 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4517 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4518 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4519 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4520 Tab indents for Perl code.
4521 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4522 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4524 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4525 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4526 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4527 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4528 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4529 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4530 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4531 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4532 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4533 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4534 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4535 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4537 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4539 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4540 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4542 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4544 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4545 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4546 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4547 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4548 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4549 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4550 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4551 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4552 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4554 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4556 bite if angry;
4558 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4559 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4560 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4561 to nil.)
4563 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4564 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4565 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4567 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4569 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4570 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4571 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4572 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4573 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4575 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4577 if (A) { B }
4579 into
4581 B if A;
4583 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4585 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4586 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4587 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4588 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4589 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4590 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4591 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4592 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4593 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4594 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4595 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4596 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4597 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4599 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4600 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4601 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4602 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4603 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4604 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4606 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4607 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4608 man via menu.
4610 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4611 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4612 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4613 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4614 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4616 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4617 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4618 span the needed amount of lines.
4620 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4621 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4622 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4623 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4625 Variables controlling indentation style:
4626 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4627 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4628 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4629 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4630 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4631 `cperl-auto-newline'
4632 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4633 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4634 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4635 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4636 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4637 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4638 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4639 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4640 `cperl-indent-level'
4641 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4642 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4643 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4644 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4645 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4646 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4647 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4648 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4649 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4650 `cperl-brace-offset'
4651 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4652 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4653 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4654 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4655 `cperl-label-offset'
4656 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4657 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4658 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4660 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4661 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4662 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4663 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4664 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4665 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4667 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4668 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4669 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4670 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4672 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4673 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4674 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4675 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4676 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4677 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4678 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4680 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4681 column 0 is indented on
4682 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4684 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4685 with no args.
4687 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4688 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4689 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4691 \(fn)" t nil)
4693 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4694 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4696 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4698 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4699 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4701 \(fn)" t nil)
4703 ;;;***
4705 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4706 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4709 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4710 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4711 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4712 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4713 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4715 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4717 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4718 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4720 \(fn)" t nil)
4722 ;;;***
4724 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4725 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4728 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4729 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4730 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4731 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4733 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4734 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4736 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4738 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4739 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4740 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4744 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4746 ;;;***
4748 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4749 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4752 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4753 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4754 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4755 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4757 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4758 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4759 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4760 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4762 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4763 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4764 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4766 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4767 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4768 'bob', and 'eve'.
4770 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4771 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4772 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4774 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4776 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4777 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4778 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4780 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4782 ;;;***
4784 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19752
4785 ;;;;;; 41642))
4786 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4787 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.css\\'") 'css-mode))
4789 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4790 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4792 \(fn)" t nil)
4794 ;;;***
4796 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4797 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4798 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4800 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4801 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4802 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4804 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4805 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4807 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4809 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4810 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4811 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4812 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4813 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4815 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4816 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4817 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4818 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4819 function of these prefix keys.
4821 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4822 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4823 options:
4824 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4825 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4826 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4828 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4829 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4830 the prefix fallback behavior.
4832 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4833 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4834 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4835 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4839 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4840 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4842 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4844 ;;;***
4846 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4847 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4848 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4849 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4850 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4851 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4852 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4853 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4854 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4855 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4856 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
4857 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4859 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4860 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4862 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4864 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4865 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4867 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4869 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4870 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4872 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4873 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4875 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4876 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4878 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4879 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4881 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4882 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4884 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4886 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4888 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4889 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4890 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4892 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4893 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4895 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4896 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4898 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4899 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4901 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4903 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4905 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4906 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4907 Return VALUE.
4909 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4910 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4912 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4913 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4915 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4916 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4918 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4920 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4922 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4923 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4924 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4925 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4926 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4928 \(fn)" t nil)
4930 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4931 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4932 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4933 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4935 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4937 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4938 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4940 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4942 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4943 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4945 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4947 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4949 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4950 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4952 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4954 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4956 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4957 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4958 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4960 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4962 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4963 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4964 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4965 as part of Emacs itself.
4967 Each elements looks like this:
4969 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4971 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4972 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4973 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4974 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4975 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4976 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4977 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4978 and `defface'.
4980 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4982 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4983 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4984 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4985 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4986 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4988 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4989 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4990 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4991 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4993 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4995 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4996 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4997 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4998 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4999 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5001 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5002 that were added or redefined since that version.
5004 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5006 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5007 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5008 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5009 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5011 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5012 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5014 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5016 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5017 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5018 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5020 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5021 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5023 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5025 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5026 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5028 \(fn)" t nil)
5030 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5031 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5033 \(fn)" t nil)
5035 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5036 Customize all already saved user options.
5038 \(fn)" t nil)
5040 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5041 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5042 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5043 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5044 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5045 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5046 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5047 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5049 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5051 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5052 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5053 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5054 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5056 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5058 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5059 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5061 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5063 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5064 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5066 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5068 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5069 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5070 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5071 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5072 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5073 that option.
5075 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5077 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5078 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5079 The result includes selecting that window.
5080 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5081 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5082 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5083 that option.
5085 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5087 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5088 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5090 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5092 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5093 File used for storing customization information.
5094 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5095 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5096 it should be an absolute file name.
5098 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5099 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5100 something like the following in your init file:
5102 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5103 \(load custom-file)
5105 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5106 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5108 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5109 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5110 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5111 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5112 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5114 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5115 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5116 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5117 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5118 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5119 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5120 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5121 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5122 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5123 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5125 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5127 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5128 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5130 \(fn)" nil nil)
5132 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5133 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5135 \(fn)" t nil)
5137 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5138 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5139 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5141 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5143 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5144 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5145 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5146 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5147 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5149 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5151 ;;;***
5153 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5154 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
5155 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5157 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5158 Create a custom theme.
5160 \(fn)" t nil)
5162 ;;;***
5164 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5165 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
5166 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5168 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5169 Mode used for cvs status output.
5171 \(fn)" t nil)
5173 ;;;***
5175 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5176 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19752 41642))
5177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5179 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5180 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5182 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5184 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5185 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5186 C++ modes are included.
5188 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5192 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5193 Turn on CWarn mode.
5195 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5196 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5198 \(fn)" nil nil)
5200 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5201 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5202 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5205 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5207 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5209 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5210 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5211 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5212 ARG is positive.
5213 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5214 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5215 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5219 ;;;***
5221 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5222 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5223 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
5224 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5226 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5227 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5229 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5231 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5232 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5234 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5236 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5237 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5238 For readability, the table is slightly
5239 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5241 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5242 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5243 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5244 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5245 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5247 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5249 ;;;***
5251 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5252 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
5253 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5254 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5255 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5256 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5257 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5259 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5260 Completion on current word.
5261 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5262 and presents suggestions for completion.
5264 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5265 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5266 completions.
5268 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5269 then it searches *all* buffers.
5271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5273 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5274 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5276 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5277 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5278 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5279 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5280 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5282 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5283 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5285 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5286 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5287 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5289 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5290 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5292 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5294 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5296 ;;;***
5298 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5299 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
5300 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5302 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5303 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5305 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5307 ;;;***
5309 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19752
5310 ;;;;;; 41642))
5311 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5313 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5314 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5315 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5316 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5317 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5319 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5321 ;;;***
5323 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19752
5324 ;;;;;; 41642))
5325 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5327 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5328 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5330 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5331 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5332 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5334 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5335 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5336 Data lines are not indented.
5338 Key bindings:
5340 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5341 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5343 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5344 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5345 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5346 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5348 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5350 dcl-basic-offset
5351 Extra indentation within blocks.
5353 dcl-continuation-offset
5354 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5356 dcl-margin-offset
5357 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5359 dcl-margin-label-offset
5360 Indentation for a label.
5362 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5363 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5365 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5366 dcl-block-end-regexp
5367 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5368 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5369 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5370 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5371 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5373 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5374 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5375 Two such functions are included in the package:
5376 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5377 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5379 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5380 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5381 One such function is included in the package:
5382 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5384 dcl-tab-always-indent
5385 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5386 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5387 margin.
5389 dcl-electric-characters
5390 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5391 typed.
5393 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5394 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5395 which words trigger electric indentation.
5397 dcl-tempo-comma
5398 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5399 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5400 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5402 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5403 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5404 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5405 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5407 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5408 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5409 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5410 dcl-imenu-label-call
5411 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5413 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5414 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5415 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5416 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5419 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5421 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5422 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5423 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5424 $ i = 1
5425 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5426 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5427 $ label:
5428 $ if i.eq.1
5429 $ then
5430 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5431 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5432 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5433 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5434 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5435 \"lined up with the command line\"
5436 $ type sys$input
5437 Data lines are not indented at all.
5438 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5439 $ endif
5443 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5444 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5446 \(fn)" t nil)
5448 ;;;***
5450 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5451 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19752 41642))
5452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5454 (setq debugger 'debug)
5456 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5457 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5458 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5459 of the evaluator.
5461 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5462 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5463 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5465 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5467 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5468 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5470 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5472 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5473 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5474 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5475 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5476 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5477 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5479 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5480 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5482 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5484 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5485 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5486 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5487 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5488 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5490 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5492 ;;;***
5494 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5495 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
5496 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5498 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5499 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5501 \(fn)" t nil)
5503 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5504 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5505 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5506 Upper-case letters are commands.
5508 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5509 modify it.
5511 The most useful commands are:
5512 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5513 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5514 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5515 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5516 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5517 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5519 \(fn)" t nil)
5521 ;;;***
5523 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5524 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19752
5525 ;;;;;; 41642))
5526 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5528 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5529 Customization of `columns' group.
5531 \(fn)" t nil)
5533 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5534 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5536 START and END delimits the text region.
5538 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5540 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5541 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5543 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5545 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5547 ;;;***
5549 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19752
5550 ;;;;;; 41642))
5551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5553 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5554 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5555 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5556 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5557 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5558 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5559 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5561 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5563 Customization:
5565 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5566 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5567 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5568 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5569 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5570 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5571 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5572 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5573 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5574 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5575 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5576 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5577 blank line.
5578 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5579 Directories to search when finding external units.
5580 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5581 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5583 Coloring:
5585 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5586 Face used to color delphi comments.
5587 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5588 Face used to color delphi strings.
5589 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5590 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5591 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5592 Face used to color everything else.
5594 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5595 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5597 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5599 ;;;***
5601 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19752
5602 ;;;;;; 41642))
5603 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5605 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5607 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5608 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5609 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5610 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5611 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5612 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5614 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5616 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5617 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5618 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5619 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5621 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5622 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5623 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5624 any selection.
5626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5628 ;;;***
5630 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5631 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19752 41642))
5632 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5634 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5635 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5637 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5639 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5640 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5641 or nil if there is no parent.
5642 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5643 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5644 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5645 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5646 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5648 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5649 arguments are currently understood:
5650 :group GROUP
5651 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5652 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5653 :syntax-table TABLE
5654 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5655 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5656 :abbrev-table TABLE
5657 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5658 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5660 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5662 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5664 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5665 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5666 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5668 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5669 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5671 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5672 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5673 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5675 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5676 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5678 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5679 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5681 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5683 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5685 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5686 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5687 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5688 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5689 the first time the mode is used.
5691 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5693 ;;;***
5695 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5696 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19752 41642))
5697 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5699 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5700 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5701 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5702 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5703 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5704 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5705 otherwise.
5707 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5709 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5710 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5711 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5712 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5713 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5714 character composition information (if relevant),
5715 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5717 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5719 ;;;***
5721 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5722 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5723 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5724 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19752 41642))
5725 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5727 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5728 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5729 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5731 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5733 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5734 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5735 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5736 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5737 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5738 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5742 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5743 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5744 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5745 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5747 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5749 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5750 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5751 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5753 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5754 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5755 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5757 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5758 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5760 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5761 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5762 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5764 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5765 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5766 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5767 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5769 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5771 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5772 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5774 Handlers are called with argument list
5776 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5778 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5780 desktop-file-version
5781 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5782 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5783 desktop-buffer-point
5784 desktop-buffer-mark
5785 desktop-buffer-read-only
5786 desktop-buffer-locals
5788 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5789 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5791 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5792 code like
5794 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5796 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5797 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5799 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5801 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5803 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5804 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5805 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5806 List elements must have the form
5808 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5810 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5811 function.
5813 Handlers are called with argument list
5815 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5817 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5819 desktop-file-version
5820 desktop-buffer-file-name
5821 desktop-buffer-name
5822 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5823 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5824 desktop-buffer-point
5825 desktop-buffer-mark
5826 desktop-buffer-read-only
5827 desktop-buffer-misc
5829 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5830 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5831 created and set.
5833 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5834 code like
5836 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5838 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5839 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5841 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5843 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5845 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5847 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5848 Empty the Desktop.
5849 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5850 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5851 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5853 \(fn)" t nil)
5855 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5856 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5857 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5858 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5859 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5861 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5863 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5864 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5865 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5867 \(fn)" t nil)
5869 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5870 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5871 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5872 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5873 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5874 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5875 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5876 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5878 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5880 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5881 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5882 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5884 \(fn)" nil nil)
5886 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5887 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5888 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5889 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5890 directory DIRNAME.
5892 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5894 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5895 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5897 \(fn)" t nil)
5899 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5900 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5902 \(fn)" t nil)
5904 ;;;***
5906 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5907 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5908 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19752 41642))
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5911 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5912 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5913 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5914 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5915 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5916 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5918 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5920 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5921 Repair a broken attribution line.
5922 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5924 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5926 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5927 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5928 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5929 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5931 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5933 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5934 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5936 \(fn)" t nil)
5938 ;;;***
5940 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5941 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19752 41642))
5942 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5944 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5945 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5946 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5947 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5948 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5952 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5953 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5954 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5955 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5957 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5958 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5959 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5960 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5962 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5963 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5965 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5966 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5967 calendar-date-style 'european
5968 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5970 \(diary-mail-entries)
5972 # diary-rem.el ends here
5974 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5976 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5977 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5979 \(fn)" t nil)
5981 ;;;***
5983 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5984 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (19752 41642))
5985 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5987 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5988 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5990 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5992 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5993 The command to use to run diff.")
5995 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5997 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5998 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5999 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6000 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6001 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6002 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6004 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6005 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6006 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6008 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6010 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6011 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6012 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6013 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6014 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6015 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6017 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6019 ;;;***
6021 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6022 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
6023 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6025 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6026 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6027 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6028 normal diffs.
6030 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6031 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6032 headers for you on-the-fly.
6034 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6035 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6036 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6038 \\{diff-mode-map}
6040 \(fn)" t nil)
6042 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6043 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6044 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6048 ;;;***
6050 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19752 41642))
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6053 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6054 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6055 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6057 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6059 ;;;***
6061 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6062 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6063 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19752 41900))
6064 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6066 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6067 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6068 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6069 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6070 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6071 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6072 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6073 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6075 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6077 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6078 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6080 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6081 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6082 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6083 A value of t means move to first file.")
6085 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6087 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6088 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6089 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6090 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6091 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6092 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6094 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6095 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6096 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6097 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6098 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6099 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6100 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6101 list of files to make directory entries for.
6102 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6103 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6104 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6105 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6107 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6109 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6110 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6112 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6113 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6115 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6116 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6118 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6119 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6121 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6123 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6124 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6126 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6128 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6129 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6130 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6131 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6132 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6133 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6134 is displayed.
6135 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6136 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6138 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6140 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6141 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6142 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6143 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6144 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6145 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6146 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6147 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6148 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6149 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6150 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6151 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6152 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6153 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6154 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6155 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6156 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6157 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6158 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6159 to see why something went wrong.
6160 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6161 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6162 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6163 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6164 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6165 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6166 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6167 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6168 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6169 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6170 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6171 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6172 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6174 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6175 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6176 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6177 again for the directory tree.
6179 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6180 for more info):
6182 `dired-listing-switches'
6183 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6184 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6185 `dired-marker-char'
6186 `dired-del-marker'
6187 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6188 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6189 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6190 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6192 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6194 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6195 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6196 `dired-mode-hook'
6197 `dired-load-hook'
6199 Keybindings:
6200 \\{dired-mode-map}
6202 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6203 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6205 ;;;***
6207 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6208 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
6209 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6211 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6212 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6213 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6214 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6215 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6216 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6217 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6221 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6222 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6223 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6225 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6227 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6228 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6230 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6232 ;;;***
6234 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19752
6235 ;;;;;; 41642))
6236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6238 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6239 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6240 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6241 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6242 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6243 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6245 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6247 ;;;***
6249 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6250 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6251 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6252 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6253 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6254 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19752 41642))
6255 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6257 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6258 Return a new, empty display table.
6260 \(fn)" nil nil)
6262 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6263 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6264 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6265 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6266 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6268 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6270 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6271 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6272 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6273 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6274 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6276 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6278 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6279 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6281 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6283 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6284 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6286 \(fn)" t nil)
6288 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6289 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6291 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6292 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6294 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6295 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6296 byte.
6298 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6299 in the default way after this call.
6301 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6303 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6304 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6306 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6308 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6309 Display character C using printable string S.
6311 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6313 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6314 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6315 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6316 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6318 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6320 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6321 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6322 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6323 X frame.
6325 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6327 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6328 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6330 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6332 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6333 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6335 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6337 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6338 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6340 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6342 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6343 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6345 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6347 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6348 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6350 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6352 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6353 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6355 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6356 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6358 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6359 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6361 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6362 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6363 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6364 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6366 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6367 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6368 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6369 in `.emacs'.
6371 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6373 ;;;***
6375 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6376 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
6377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6379 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6380 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6381 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6382 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6383 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6384 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6385 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6386 Default is 2.
6388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6390 ;;;***
6392 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19752 41642))
6393 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6395 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6396 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6397 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6398 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6399 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6400 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6401 private or ask).
6402 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6403 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6404 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6405 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6406 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6408 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6410 ;;;***
6412 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6413 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19752 41642))
6414 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6416 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6417 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6418 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6419 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6420 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6421 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6422 table and its own syntax table.
6424 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6426 \(fn)" t nil)
6427 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6429 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6430 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6432 \(fn)" t nil)
6433 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode)))
6435 ;;;***
6437 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6438 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19752 41642))
6439 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6441 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6442 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6443 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6445 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6447 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6448 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6450 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6451 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6453 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6454 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6455 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6457 \(fn)" t nil)
6459 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6460 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6461 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6462 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6466 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6467 Not documented
6469 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6471 ;;;***
6473 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19752 41642))
6474 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6476 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6477 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6479 \(fn)" t nil)
6481 ;;;***
6483 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19752 41642))
6484 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6486 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6487 Toggle Double mode.
6488 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6489 turn it off.
6491 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6492 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6496 ;;;***
6498 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19752 41642))
6499 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6501 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6502 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6504 \(fn)" t nil)
6506 ;;;***
6508 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6509 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
6510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6512 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6513 Play sounds in message buffers.
6515 \(fn)" t nil)
6517 ;;;***
6519 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6520 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6521 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19752 41642))
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6524 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6526 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6527 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6528 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6529 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6531 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6532 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6533 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6534 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6535 a keymap, or a list of arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6536 If KEYMAP is a keymap or list, this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6538 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6539 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6540 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6541 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6542 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6543 mode is global):
6545 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6546 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6547 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6548 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6549 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6550 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6551 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6552 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6553 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6554 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6555 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6557 For example, you could write
6558 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6559 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6560 ...BODY CODE...)
6562 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6564 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6566 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6568 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6569 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6570 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6571 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6572 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6573 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6574 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6575 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6576 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6577 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6578 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6579 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6581 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6582 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6583 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6584 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6585 call another major mode in their body.
6587 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6589 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6590 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6591 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6592 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6593 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6594 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6595 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6597 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6599 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6600 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6601 :inherit Parent keymap.
6602 :group Ignored.
6603 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6604 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6606 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6608 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6609 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6610 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6611 the constant's documentation.
6613 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6615 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6616 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6617 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6619 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6621 ;;;***
6623 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6624 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19752
6625 ;;;;;; 41642))
6626 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6628 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6630 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6631 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6633 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6634 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6635 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6637 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6638 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6640 :filter FUNCTION
6642 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6643 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6645 :visible INCLUDE
6647 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6648 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6650 :active ENABLE
6652 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6653 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6655 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6657 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6659 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6661 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6662 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6664 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6665 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6667 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6669 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6671 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6673 :keys KEYS
6675 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6676 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6677 computed automatically.
6678 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6680 :key-sequence KEYS
6682 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6683 menu item.
6684 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6685 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6686 keyboard equivalent.
6688 :active ENABLE
6690 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6691 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6693 :visible INCLUDE
6695 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6696 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6698 :label FORM
6700 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6701 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6703 :suffix FORM
6705 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6706 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6708 :style STYLE
6710 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6711 defined:
6713 toggle: A checkbox.
6714 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6715 radio: A radio button.
6716 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6717 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6718 menu bar itself.
6719 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6721 :selected SELECTED
6723 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6724 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6726 :help HELP
6728 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6730 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6731 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6732 as a solid horizontal line.
6734 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6736 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6738 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6739 Not documented
6741 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6743 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6744 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6745 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6746 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6748 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6750 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6751 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6752 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6753 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6754 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6755 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6757 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6758 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6759 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6761 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6762 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6763 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6765 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6766 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6768 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6770 ;;;***
6772 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6773 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6774 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6775 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6776 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6777 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6778 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6779 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19752 41642))
6780 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6782 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6783 Customization for ebnf group.
6785 \(fn)" t nil)
6787 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6788 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6790 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6792 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6793 processed.
6795 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6797 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6799 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6800 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6802 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6803 killed after process termination.
6805 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6807 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6809 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6810 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6812 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6813 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6814 it to the printer.
6816 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6817 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6818 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6819 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6821 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6823 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6824 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6825 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6827 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6829 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6830 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6832 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6834 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6835 processed.
6837 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6839 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6841 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6842 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6844 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6845 killed after process termination.
6847 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6849 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6851 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6852 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6853 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6854 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6856 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6858 \(fn)" t nil)
6860 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6861 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6862 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6864 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6866 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6868 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6869 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6871 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6873 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6874 processed.
6876 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6878 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6880 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6881 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6883 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6884 killed after EPS generation.
6886 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6888 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6890 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6891 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6893 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6894 The EPS file name has the following form:
6896 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6898 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6899 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6901 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6902 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6903 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6904 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6905 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6907 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6908 files.
6910 \(fn)" t nil)
6912 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6913 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6915 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6916 The EPS file name has the following form:
6918 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6920 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6921 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6923 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6924 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6925 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6926 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6927 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6929 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6930 files.
6932 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6934 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6936 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6937 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6939 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6941 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6942 are processed.
6944 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6946 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6948 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6949 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6951 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6952 killed after syntax checking.
6954 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6956 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6958 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6959 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6961 \(fn)" t nil)
6963 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6964 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6966 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6968 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6969 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6971 \(fn)" nil nil)
6973 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6974 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6976 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6978 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6980 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6981 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6983 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6985 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6987 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6988 Delete style NAME.
6990 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6992 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6994 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6995 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6997 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6999 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7001 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7002 Set STYLE as the current style.
7004 Returns the old style symbol.
7006 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7008 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7010 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7011 Reset current style.
7013 Returns the old style symbol.
7015 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7017 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7019 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7020 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7022 Returns the old style symbol.
7024 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7026 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7028 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7030 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7031 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7033 Returns the old style symbol.
7035 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7037 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7039 \(fn)" t nil)
7041 ;;;***
7043 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7044 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7045 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7046 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7047 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7048 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7049 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7050 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7051 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7052 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7053 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19752
7054 ;;;;;; 41642))
7055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7057 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7058 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7059 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7060 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7061 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7062 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7064 Tree mode key bindings:
7065 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7067 \(fn)" t nil)
7069 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7070 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7072 \(fn)" t nil)
7074 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7075 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7077 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7079 \(fn)" nil nil)
7081 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7082 View declaration of member at point.
7084 \(fn)" t nil)
7086 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7087 Find declaration of member at point.
7089 \(fn)" t nil)
7091 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7092 View definition of member at point.
7094 \(fn)" t nil)
7096 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7097 Find definition of member at point.
7099 \(fn)" t nil)
7101 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7102 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7104 \(fn)" t nil)
7106 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7107 View definition of member at point in other window.
7109 \(fn)" t nil)
7111 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7112 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7114 \(fn)" t nil)
7116 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7117 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7119 \(fn)" t nil)
7121 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7122 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7124 \(fn)" t nil)
7126 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7127 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7129 \(fn)" t nil)
7131 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7132 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7133 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7134 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7135 completion.
7137 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7139 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7140 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7141 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7142 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7144 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7147 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7148 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7149 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7151 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7153 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7154 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7155 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7157 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7159 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7160 Search for call sites of a member.
7161 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7162 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7163 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7164 looks like a function call to the member.
7166 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7168 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7169 Move backward in the position stack.
7170 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7172 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7174 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7175 Move forward in the position stack.
7176 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7178 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7180 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7181 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7183 \(fn)" t nil)
7185 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7186 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7188 \(fn)" t nil)
7190 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7191 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7192 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7193 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7195 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7197 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7198 Display statistics for a class tree.
7200 \(fn)" t nil)
7202 ;;;***
7204 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7205 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7206 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7208 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7209 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7210 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7211 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7213 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7214 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7215 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7217 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7218 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7219 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7221 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7223 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7225 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7227 ;;;***
7229 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7230 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19752 41642))
7231 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7233 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7234 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7235 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7237 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7239 ;;;***
7241 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7242 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7245 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7246 Not documented
7248 \(fn)" nil nil)
7250 ;;;***
7252 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19752 41642))
7253 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7255 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7256 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7257 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7258 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7259 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7260 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7262 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7264 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7265 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7266 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7267 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7269 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7270 an EDE controlled project.
7272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7274 ;;;***
7276 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7277 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7278 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19752 41642))
7279 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7281 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7282 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7283 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7284 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7285 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7287 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7288 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7289 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7290 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7292 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7294 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7295 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7296 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7297 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7299 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7301 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7302 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7303 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7304 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7306 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7308 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7310 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7311 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7312 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7313 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7314 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7316 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7317 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7318 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7319 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7320 instrumented for Edebug.
7322 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7323 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7324 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7325 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7326 already is one.)
7328 \(fn)" t nil)
7330 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7331 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7333 \(fn)" t nil)
7335 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7336 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7338 \(fn)" t nil)
7340 ;;;***
7342 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7343 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7344 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7345 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7346 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7347 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7348 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7349 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7350 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7351 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19752 41642))
7352 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7354 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7355 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7357 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7359 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7360 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7362 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7364 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7366 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7368 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7369 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7370 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7371 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7373 \(fn)" t nil)
7375 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7376 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7377 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7378 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7380 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7382 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7383 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7385 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7387 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7389 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7390 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7392 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7394 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7396 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7397 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7398 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7399 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7401 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7403 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7405 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7406 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7407 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7408 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7410 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7412 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7414 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7415 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7416 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7417 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7419 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7421 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7423 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7424 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7425 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7426 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7428 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7430 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7432 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7433 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7434 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7435 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7436 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7437 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7439 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7441 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7442 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7443 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7444 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7446 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7448 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7450 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7451 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7452 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7453 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7455 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7457 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7459 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7461 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7462 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7463 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7464 follows:
7465 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7466 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7468 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7470 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7471 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7472 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7473 follows:
7474 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7475 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7477 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7479 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7480 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7481 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7482 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7483 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7485 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7487 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7488 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7489 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7490 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7491 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7492 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7494 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7496 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7498 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7499 Merge two files without ancestor.
7501 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7503 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7504 Merge two files with ancestor.
7506 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7508 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7510 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7511 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7513 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7515 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7516 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7518 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7520 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7521 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7522 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7523 buffer.
7525 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7527 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7528 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7529 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7530 buffer.
7532 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7534 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7535 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7536 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7537 and don't ask the user.
7538 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7539 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7541 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7543 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7544 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7545 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7546 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7547 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7548 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7549 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7550 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7552 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7554 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7556 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7558 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7559 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7560 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7561 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7562 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7564 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7566 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7568 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7569 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7570 When called interactively, displays the version.
7572 \(fn)" t nil)
7574 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7575 Display Ediff's manual.
7576 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7578 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7580 ;;;***
7582 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7583 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7584 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7586 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7587 Not documented
7589 \(fn)" t nil)
7591 ;;;***
7593 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7594 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7595 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7597 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7598 Display Ediff's registry.
7600 \(fn)" t nil)
7602 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7604 ;;;***
7606 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7607 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (19752 41642))
7608 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7610 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7611 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7612 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7613 which see.
7615 \(fn)" t nil)
7617 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7618 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7619 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7620 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7622 \(fn)" t nil)
7624 ;;;***
7626 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7627 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7628 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7629 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7631 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7632 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7633 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7635 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7636 Edit a keyboard macro.
7637 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7638 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7639 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7640 its command name.
7641 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7643 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7645 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7646 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7648 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7650 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7651 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7653 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7655 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7656 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7657 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7658 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7659 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7660 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7662 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7663 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7664 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7665 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7667 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7669 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7670 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7671 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7672 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7673 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7674 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7676 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7678 ;;;***
7680 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7681 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19752 41642))
7682 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7684 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7685 Set scroll margins.
7686 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7687 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7689 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7691 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7692 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7694 \(fn)" t nil)
7696 ;;;***
7698 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7699 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7700 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7702 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7703 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7704 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7705 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7706 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7707 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7708 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7710 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7711 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7713 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7714 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7715 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7716 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7718 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7719 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7720 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7722 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7723 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7724 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7726 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7728 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7729 Not documented
7731 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7733 ;;;***
7735 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7736 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19752 41642))
7737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7739 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7740 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7742 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7744 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7745 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7746 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7747 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7748 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7749 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7750 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7752 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7756 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7757 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7759 \(fn)" t nil)
7761 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7762 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7763 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7764 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7765 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7766 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7767 arg list.
7769 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7770 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7771 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7772 effect.
7774 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7775 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7777 ;;;***
7779 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19752
7780 ;;;;;; 41642))
7781 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7783 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7784 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7786 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7787 an elided material again.
7789 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7793 ;;;***
7795 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7796 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7797 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7798 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7800 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7801 Lint the file FILE.
7803 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7805 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7806 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7807 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7809 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7811 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7812 Lint the current buffer.
7813 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7815 \(fn)" t nil)
7817 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7818 Lint the function at point.
7819 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7821 \(fn)" t nil)
7823 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7824 Initialize elint.
7825 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7826 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7828 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7830 ;;;***
7832 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7833 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19752
7834 ;;;;;; 41642))
7835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7837 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7838 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7839 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7841 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7843 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7844 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7845 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7846 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7848 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7850 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7851 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7852 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7854 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7856 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7858 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7859 Display current profiling results.
7860 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7861 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7862 displayed.
7864 \(fn)" t nil)
7866 ;;;***
7868 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7869 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
7870 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7872 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7873 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7874 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7876 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7878 ;;;***
7880 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7881 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7882 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7883 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7884 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19636 58496))
7885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7887 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7888 Run Emerge on two files.
7890 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7892 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7893 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7895 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7897 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7898 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7900 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7902 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7903 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7905 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7907 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7908 Not documented
7910 \(fn)" nil nil)
7912 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7913 Not documented
7915 \(fn)" nil nil)
7917 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7918 Not documented
7920 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7922 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7923 Not documented
7925 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7927 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7928 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7930 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7932 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7933 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7935 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7937 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7938 Not documented
7940 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7942 ;;;***
7944 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7945 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19752 41642))
7946 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7948 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7949 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7950 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7951 text/enriched format.
7952 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7954 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7955 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7957 Commands:
7959 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7963 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7964 Not documented
7966 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7968 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7969 Not documented
7971 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7973 ;;;***
7975 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7976 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7977 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7978 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7979 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7980 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19752
7981 ;;;;;; 41642))
7982 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7984 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7985 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7987 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7989 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
7990 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
7992 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7994 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
7995 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
7996 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
7997 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
7998 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
7999 the keys are listed.
8000 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8002 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8004 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8005 Decrypt FILE.
8007 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8009 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8010 Verify FILE.
8012 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8014 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8015 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8017 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8019 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8020 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8022 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8024 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8025 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8027 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8028 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8029 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8030 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8031 should consider using the string based counterpart
8032 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8033 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8035 For example:
8037 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8038 (decode-coding-string
8039 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8040 'utf-8))
8042 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8044 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8045 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8047 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8048 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8050 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8052 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8053 Verify the current region between START and END.
8055 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8056 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8057 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8058 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8059 should consider using the string based counterpart
8060 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8061 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8063 For example:
8065 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8066 (decode-coding-string
8067 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8068 'utf-8))
8070 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8072 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8073 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8074 between START and END.
8076 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8077 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8079 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8081 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8082 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8084 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8085 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8086 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8087 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8088 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8089 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8091 For example:
8093 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8094 (epg-sign-string
8095 context
8096 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8098 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8100 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8101 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8103 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8104 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8105 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8106 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8107 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8108 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8110 For example:
8112 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8113 (epg-encrypt-string
8114 context
8115 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8116 nil))
8118 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8120 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8121 Delete selected KEYS.
8123 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8125 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8126 Import keys from FILE.
8128 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8130 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8131 Import keys from the region.
8133 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8135 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8136 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8137 between START and END.
8139 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8141 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8142 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8144 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8146 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8147 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8149 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8151 ;;;***
8153 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8154 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19752 41642))
8155 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8157 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8158 Decrypt marked files.
8160 \(fn)" t nil)
8162 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8163 Verify marked files.
8165 \(fn)" t nil)
8167 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8168 Sign marked files.
8170 \(fn)" t nil)
8172 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8173 Encrypt marked files.
8175 \(fn)" t nil)
8177 ;;;***
8179 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8180 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19752 41642))
8181 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8183 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8184 Not documented
8186 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8188 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8189 Not documented
8191 \(fn)" t nil)
8193 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8194 Not documented
8196 \(fn)" t nil)
8198 ;;;***
8200 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8201 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8202 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19752 41642))
8203 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8205 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8206 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8210 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8211 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8212 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8214 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8216 \(fn)" t nil)
8218 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8219 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8220 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8222 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8224 \(fn)" t nil)
8226 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8227 Sign the current buffer.
8228 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8230 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8232 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8234 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8235 Encrypt the current buffer.
8236 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8238 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8240 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8242 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8243 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8244 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8246 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8248 \(fn)" t nil)
8250 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8251 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8252 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8253 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8254 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8255 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8257 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8259 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8260 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8264 ;;;***
8266 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19752 41642))
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8269 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8270 Return a context object.
8272 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8274 ;;;***
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8277 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19752 41642))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8280 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8281 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8283 \(fn)" nil nil)
8285 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8286 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8288 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8290 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8291 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8293 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8295 ;;;***
8297 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8298 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19752 41642))
8299 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8301 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8302 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8304 \(fn)" nil nil)
8306 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8307 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8308 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8310 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8312 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8313 (server (erc-compute-server))
8314 (port (erc-compute-port))
8315 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8316 password
8317 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8319 That is, if called with
8321 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8323 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8324 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8325 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8327 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8329 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8331 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8332 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8333 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8334 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8336 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8338 ;;;***
8340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19752
8341 ;;;;;; 41642))
8342 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8343 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8345 ;;;***
8347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19752 41642))
8348 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8349 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8351 ;;;***
8353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19752 41642))
8354 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8355 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8357 ;;;***
8359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19752 41642))
8360 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8361 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8363 ;;;***
8365 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8366 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19752 41642))
8367 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8368 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8370 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8371 Parser for /dcc command.
8372 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8373 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8374 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8376 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8378 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8379 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8381 \(fn)" nil nil)
8383 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8384 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8386 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8387 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8388 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8389 that subcommand.
8391 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8393 ;;;***
8395 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8396 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8397 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8398 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8399 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8400 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8402 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8403 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8405 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8407 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8408 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8409 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8410 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8412 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8414 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8415 Not documented
8417 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8419 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8420 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8422 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8424 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8425 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8427 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8429 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8430 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8432 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8434 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8435 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8437 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8439 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8440 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8442 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8444 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8445 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8447 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8449 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8450 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8452 \(fn)" nil nil)
8454 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8455 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8457 \(fn)" nil nil)
8459 ;;;***
8461 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19752
8462 ;;;;;; 41642))
8463 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8464 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8466 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8467 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8468 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8470 \(fn)" nil nil)
8472 ;;;***
8474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19752
8475 ;;;;;; 41642))
8476 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8477 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8479 ;;;***
8481 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8482 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19752 41642))
8483 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8484 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8486 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8487 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8488 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8489 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8490 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8491 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8492 system.
8494 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8496 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8497 Not documented
8499 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8501 ;;;***
8503 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8504 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8505 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8507 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8508 Not documented
8510 \(fn)" nil nil)
8512 ;;;***
8514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19752 41642))
8515 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8516 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8518 ;;;***
8520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19752 41642))
8521 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8522 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8524 ;;;***
8526 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8527 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19752 41642))
8528 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8529 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8531 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8532 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8533 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8534 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8535 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8536 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8538 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8540 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8541 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8542 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8543 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8545 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8546 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8547 automatically.
8549 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8550 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8552 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8554 ;;;***
8556 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8557 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8558 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8559 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8560 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8561 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8563 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8564 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8566 \(fn)" t nil)
8568 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8569 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8571 \(fn)" t nil)
8573 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8574 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8576 \(fn)" t nil)
8578 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8579 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8581 \(fn)" t nil)
8583 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8584 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8588 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8589 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8591 \(fn)" t nil)
8593 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8594 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8596 \(fn)" t nil)
8598 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8599 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8601 \(fn)" t nil)
8603 ;;;***
8605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19752 41642))
8606 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8607 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8609 ;;;***
8611 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8612 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8613 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8614 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8616 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8617 Show who's gone.
8619 \(fn)" nil nil)
8621 ;;;***
8623 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8624 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19752 41642))
8625 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8627 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8628 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8629 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8630 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8632 \(fn)" nil nil)
8634 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8635 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8637 \(fn)" t nil)
8639 ;;;***
8641 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8642 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19752 41642))
8643 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8644 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8646 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8647 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8648 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8649 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8651 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8653 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8654 Not documented
8656 \(fn)" nil nil)
8658 ;;;***
8660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19752 41642))
8661 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8662 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8664 ;;;***
8666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19752
8667 ;;;;;; 41642))
8668 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8669 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8671 ;;;***
8673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19752 41642))
8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8675 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8677 ;;;***
8679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19752 41642))
8680 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8681 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8683 ;;;***
8685 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8686 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19752 41642))
8687 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8688 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8690 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8691 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8693 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8695 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8696 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8697 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8699 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8701 ;;;***
8703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19752 41642))
8704 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8705 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8707 ;;;***
8709 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8710 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8711 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8713 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8714 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8715 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8717 \(fn)" t nil)
8719 ;;;***
8721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19752
8722 ;;;;;; 41642))
8723 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8724 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8726 ;;;***
8728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19752 41642))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8730 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8732 ;;;***
8734 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8735 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8738 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8739 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8740 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8742 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8744 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8745 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8746 mode line.
8748 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8749 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8750 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8753 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8755 ;;;***
8757 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8758 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19752 41642))
8759 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8760 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8762 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8763 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8764 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8765 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8767 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8769 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8770 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8771 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8773 \(fn)" t nil)
8775 ;;;***
8777 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8778 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8779 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8780 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8782 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8783 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8785 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8787 ;;;***
8789 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19752
8790 ;;;;;; 41642))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8793 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8794 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8796 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8798 \(fn)" nil nil)
8800 ;;;***
8802 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19752
8803 ;;;;;; 41642))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8806 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8807 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8811 ;;;***
8813 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8814 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19752 41642))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8817 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8818 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8819 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8820 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8821 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8822 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8823 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8824 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8825 buffer selected (or created).
8827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8829 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8830 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8831 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8833 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8835 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8836 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8837 The result might be any Lisp object.
8838 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8839 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8840 corresponding to a successful execution.
8842 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8844 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8846 ;;;***
8848 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8849 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8850 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8851 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8852 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8853 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8854 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8855 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
8856 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8858 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8859 *File name of tags table.
8860 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8861 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8862 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8863 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8865 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8866 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8867 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8868 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8870 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8872 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8873 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8874 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8875 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8876 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8877 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8879 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8881 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8882 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8883 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8884 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8885 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8886 `auto-compression-mode').")
8888 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8890 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8891 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8892 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8893 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8894 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8896 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8898 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8899 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8900 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8901 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8903 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8905 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8906 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8907 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8908 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8909 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8911 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8913 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8914 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8916 \(fn)" t nil)
8918 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8919 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8920 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8921 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8923 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8924 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8925 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8926 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8927 file the tag was in.
8929 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8931 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8932 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8933 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8934 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8935 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8936 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8937 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8938 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8939 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8941 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8943 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8944 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8945 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8946 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8947 without directory names.
8949 \(fn)" nil nil)
8951 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8952 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8953 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8954 but does not select the buffer.
8955 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8957 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8958 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8959 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8960 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8961 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8963 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8965 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8966 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8967 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8969 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8971 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8973 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8974 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8975 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8976 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8978 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8979 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8980 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8981 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8982 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8984 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8986 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8987 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8988 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8990 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8992 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8993 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8995 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
8996 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8997 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8998 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8999 around or before point.
9001 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9002 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9003 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9004 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9005 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9007 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9009 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9010 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9011 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9013 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9015 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9016 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9018 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9019 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9020 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9021 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9022 around or before point.
9024 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9025 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9026 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9027 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9028 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9030 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9032 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9033 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9034 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9036 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9038 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9039 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9041 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9042 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9043 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9045 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9046 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9047 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9048 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9049 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9051 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9053 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9054 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9055 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9057 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9059 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9060 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9061 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9063 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9064 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9066 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9067 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9068 where they were found.
9070 \(fn)" t nil)
9072 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9073 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9075 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9076 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9077 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9079 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9080 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9082 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9083 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9085 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9087 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9088 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9089 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9090 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9092 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9093 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9094 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9095 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9096 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9098 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9099 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9101 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9102 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9103 Stops when a match is found.
9104 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9106 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9108 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9110 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9111 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9112 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9113 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9114 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9115 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9116 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9117 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9119 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9120 produce the list of files to search.
9122 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9124 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9126 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9127 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9128 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9129 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9130 directory specification.
9132 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9134 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9135 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9137 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9139 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9140 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9141 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9142 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9144 \(fn)" t nil)
9146 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9147 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9148 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9149 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9150 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9152 \(fn)" t nil)
9154 ;;;***
9156 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9157 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9158 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9159 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9160 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9161 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9162 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9163 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
9164 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9166 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9167 Not documented
9169 \(fn)" nil nil)
9171 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9172 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9174 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9175 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9177 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9178 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9179 primary language.
9181 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9182 even if the buffer is read-only.
9184 See also the descriptions of the variables
9185 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9187 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9189 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9190 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9192 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9193 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9195 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9196 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9197 primary language.
9199 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9200 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9202 See also the descriptions of the variables
9203 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9205 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9207 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9208 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9209 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9210 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9212 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9214 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9215 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9216 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9217 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9219 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9220 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9221 primary language.
9223 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9224 buffer is read-only.
9226 See also the descriptions of the variables
9227 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9228 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9230 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9232 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9233 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9235 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9236 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9238 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9239 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9240 the primary language.
9242 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9243 buffer is read-only.
9245 See also the descriptions of the variables
9246 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9247 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9249 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9251 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9252 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9253 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9255 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9257 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9258 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9260 \(fn)" t nil)
9262 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9263 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9265 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9266 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9267 be 1, 2, or 3.
9269 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9270 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9271 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9273 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9275 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9277 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9278 This function is deprecated.
9280 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9282 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9283 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9285 \(fn)" t nil)
9287 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9288 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9290 \(fn)" t nil)
9292 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9293 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9295 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9296 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9298 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9299 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9301 \(fn)" nil nil)
9303 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9304 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9306 \(fn)" nil nil)
9308 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9309 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9311 \(fn)" nil nil)
9313 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9314 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9316 \(fn)" nil nil)
9318 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9319 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9320 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9322 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9324 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9325 Not documented
9327 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9329 ;;;***
9331 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9332 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9333 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
9334 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9336 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9337 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9338 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9339 server for future sessions.
9341 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9343 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9344 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9345 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9347 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9349 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9350 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9351 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9353 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9355 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9356 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9357 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9358 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9359 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9360 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9361 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9362 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9363 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9364 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9365 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9366 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9368 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9370 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9371 Display a form to query the directory server.
9372 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9373 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9375 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9377 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9378 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9379 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9381 \(fn)" t nil)
9383 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9385 ;;;***
9387 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9388 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9389 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19752 41642))
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9392 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9393 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9395 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9397 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9398 Display URL and make it clickable.
9400 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9402 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9403 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9405 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9407 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9408 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9410 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9412 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9413 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9415 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9417 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9418 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9420 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9422 ;;;***
9424 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9425 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19752 41642))
9426 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9428 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9429 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9430 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9432 \(fn)" t nil)
9434 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9435 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9437 \(fn)" t nil)
9439 ;;;***
9441 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9442 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
9443 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9445 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9446 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9448 \(fn)" t nil)
9450 ;;;***
9452 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19752
9453 ;;;;;; 41642))
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9456 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9457 Create an empty ewoc.
9459 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9461 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9462 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9463 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9464 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9465 `insert-before-markers'.
9467 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9468 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9469 respectively, of the ewoc.
9471 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9472 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9473 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9475 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9477 ;;;***
9479 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9480 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9481 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9482 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
9483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9485 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9486 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9487 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9489 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9491 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9492 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9493 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9494 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9495 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9497 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9499 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9500 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9501 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9502 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9503 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9504 executable.
9506 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9508 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9509 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9510 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9512 \(fn)" t nil)
9514 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9515 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9516 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9517 file modes.
9519 \(fn)" nil nil)
9521 ;;;***
9523 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9524 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9525 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
9526 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9528 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9529 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9530 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9531 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9533 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9535 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9536 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9537 to generate such functions.
9539 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9540 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9541 beginning of the expanded text.
9543 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9544 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9545 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9546 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9548 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9550 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9552 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9553 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9554 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9556 \(fn)" nil nil)
9558 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9559 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9560 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9562 \(fn)" t nil)
9564 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9565 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9566 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9568 \(fn)" t nil)
9569 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9570 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9572 ;;;***
9574 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19752 41642))
9575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9577 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9578 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9579 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9581 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9582 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9583 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9585 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9587 Key definitions:
9588 \\{f90-mode-map}
9590 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9592 `f90-do-indent'
9593 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9594 `f90-if-indent'
9595 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9596 `f90-type-indent'
9597 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9598 `f90-program-indent'
9599 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9600 (default 2).
9601 `f90-continuation-indent'
9602 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9603 `f90-comment-region'
9604 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9605 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9606 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9607 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9608 (default \"!\").
9609 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9610 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9611 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9612 `f90-break-delimiters'
9613 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9614 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9615 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9616 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9617 (default t).
9618 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9619 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9620 `f90-smart-end'
9621 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9622 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9623 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9624 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9625 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9626 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9627 `f90-leave-line-no'
9628 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9630 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9631 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9633 \(fn)" t nil)
9635 ;;;***
9637 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9638 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9639 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9640 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19752
9641 ;;;;;; 41642))
9642 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9644 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9645 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9647 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9648 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9650 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9651 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9652 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9653 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9654 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9655 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9656 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9658 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9659 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9660 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9662 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9664 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9665 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9667 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9669 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9670 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9671 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9672 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9673 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9674 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9676 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9678 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9679 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9680 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9682 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9683 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9684 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9685 the same amount).
9687 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9689 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9690 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9691 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9693 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9694 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9695 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9696 will remove any scaling currently active.
9698 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9700 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9701 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9702 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9704 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9705 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9706 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9707 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9708 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9710 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9711 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9713 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9714 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9716 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9717 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9718 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9720 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9721 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9722 is one of the above.
9724 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9725 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9726 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9727 will remove any scaling currently active.
9729 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9730 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9731 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9732 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9733 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9735 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9737 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9738 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9739 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9740 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9744 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9745 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9746 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9747 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9748 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9750 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9751 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9753 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9755 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9756 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9757 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9758 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9760 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9761 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9762 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9763 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9765 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9766 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9768 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9770 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9771 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9772 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9773 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9777 ;;;***
9779 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9780 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9781 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19636 58496))
9782 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9784 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9785 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9786 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9787 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9789 \(fn)" nil nil)
9791 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9792 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9796 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9797 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9798 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9799 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9803 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9804 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9805 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9806 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9807 backup file names and the like).
9809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9811 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9812 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9813 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9814 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9815 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9816 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9817 internally by feedmail):
9819 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9820 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9821 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9822 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9824 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9825 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9826 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9827 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9828 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9830 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9832 ;;;***
9834 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9835 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19752 41642))
9836 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9838 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9839 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9840 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9841 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9842 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9843 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9844 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9846 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9848 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9849 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9850 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9851 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9852 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9853 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9854 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9856 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9858 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9860 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9861 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9862 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9863 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9864 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9865 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9867 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9869 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9870 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9871 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9872 Return value:
9873 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9874 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9875 * otherwise, nil
9877 \(fn E)" t nil)
9879 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9880 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9881 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9883 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9885 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
9886 Try to get a file name at point.
9887 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
9889 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9890 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9892 \(fn)" t nil)
9894 ;;;***
9896 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9897 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9898 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9899 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19752 41642))
9900 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9902 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9903 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9904 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9905 be added to the cache.
9907 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9909 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9910 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9911 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9912 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9913 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9915 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9917 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9918 Add FILE to the file cache.
9920 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9922 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9923 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9924 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9926 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9928 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9929 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9930 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9932 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9934 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9935 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9936 This function does not use any external programs.
9937 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9938 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9939 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9941 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9943 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9944 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9945 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9946 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9947 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9948 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9949 \(directories) is done.
9951 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9953 ;;;***
9955 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9956 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9957 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9958 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9959 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19752 41642))
9960 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9962 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9963 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9965 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9966 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9967 Local Variables list.
9969 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9970 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9971 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9973 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9975 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9976 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9978 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9980 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9981 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9983 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9984 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
9985 the -*- line.
9987 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
9988 then this function adds it.
9990 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9992 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9993 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
9995 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9997 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9998 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10000 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10002 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10003 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10005 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10007 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10008 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10010 \(fn)" t nil)
10012 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10013 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10015 \(fn)" t nil)
10017 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10018 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10020 \(fn)" t nil)
10022 ;;;***
10024 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19752
10025 ;;;;;; 41642))
10026 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10028 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10029 Filesets initialization.
10030 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10032 \(fn)" nil nil)
10034 ;;;***
10036 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19752 41642))
10037 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10039 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10040 Initiate the building of a find command.
10041 For example:
10043 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10044 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10045 (mtime \"+1\"))
10046 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10048 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10049 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10051 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10053 ;;;***
10055 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10056 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10057 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10058 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10060 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (purecopy '("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10061 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10062 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10063 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10064 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10066 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10068 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
10069 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10070 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10071 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10072 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10074 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10076 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10077 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10078 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10079 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10081 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10083 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10084 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10085 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10087 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10089 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10090 as the final argument.
10092 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10094 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10095 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10096 and run dired on those files.
10097 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10098 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10100 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10102 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10104 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10105 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10106 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10108 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10110 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10112 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10114 ;;;***
10116 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10117 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10118 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10119 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10121 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10122 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10123 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10124 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10125 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10126 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10127 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10129 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10130 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10131 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10133 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10135 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10137 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10139 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10140 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10141 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10143 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10144 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10146 Variables of interest include:
10148 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10149 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10150 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10152 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10153 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10154 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10156 - `ff-ignore-include'
10157 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10159 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10160 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10162 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10163 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10165 - `ff-special-constructs'
10166 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10167 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10168 extracting the filename from that construct.
10170 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10171 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10173 - `ff-search-directories'
10174 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10175 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10177 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10178 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10180 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10181 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10183 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10184 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10186 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10187 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10189 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10190 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10192 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10194 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10195 Visit the file you click on.
10197 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10199 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10200 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10202 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10204 ;;;***
10206 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10207 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10208 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10209 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10210 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10211 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10212 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19752 41642))
10213 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10215 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10216 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10217 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10219 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10221 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10222 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10223 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10224 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10226 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10227 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10228 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10229 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10231 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10233 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10234 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10236 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10237 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10238 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10239 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10241 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10242 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10243 in `load-path'.
10245 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10247 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10248 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10250 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10251 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10252 places point before the definition.
10253 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10255 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10256 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10257 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10259 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10261 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10262 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10264 See `find-function' for more details.
10266 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10268 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10269 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10271 See `find-function' for more details.
10273 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10275 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10276 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10278 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10279 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10280 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10282 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10283 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10285 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10287 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10288 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10290 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10291 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10292 places point before the definition.
10294 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10296 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10297 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10298 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10300 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10302 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10303 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10305 See `find-variable' for more details.
10307 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10309 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10310 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10312 See `find-variable' for more details.
10314 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10316 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10317 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10318 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10319 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10320 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10321 buffer nor display it.
10323 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10324 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10326 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10328 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10329 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10331 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10332 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10333 places point before the definition.
10335 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10337 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10338 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10339 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10341 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10343 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10344 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10345 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10347 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10349 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10350 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10352 \(fn)" t nil)
10354 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10355 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10357 \(fn)" t nil)
10359 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10360 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10362 \(fn)" nil nil)
10364 ;;;***
10366 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10367 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19752 41642))
10368 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10370 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10371 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10373 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10375 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10376 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10378 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10380 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10381 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10383 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10385 ;;;***
10387 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10388 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19752 41642))
10389 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10391 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10392 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10394 \(fn)" t nil)
10396 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10397 Display FILE's commentary section.
10398 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10400 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10402 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10403 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10405 \(fn)" t nil)
10407 ;;;***
10409 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10410 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19752 41642))
10411 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10413 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10414 Toggle flow control handling.
10415 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10416 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10418 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10420 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10421 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10422 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10423 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10424 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10425 to get the effect of a C-q.
10427 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10429 ;;;***
10431 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10432 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10435 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10436 Not documented
10438 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10440 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10441 Not documented
10443 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10445 ;;;***
10447 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10448 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19752 41642))
10449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10451 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10452 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10453 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10454 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10458 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10459 Turn flymake mode on.
10461 \(fn)" nil nil)
10463 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10464 Turn flymake mode off.
10466 \(fn)" nil nil)
10468 ;;;***
10470 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10471 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10472 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19752 41642))
10473 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10475 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10476 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10478 \(fn)" t nil)
10479 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10481 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10482 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10483 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10484 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10485 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10486 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10487 otherwise turn it off.
10489 Bindings:
10490 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10491 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10492 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10493 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10495 Hooks:
10496 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10498 Remark:
10499 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10500 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10501 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10503 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10504 consider adding:
10505 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10506 in your .emacs file.
10508 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10509 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10513 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10514 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10516 \(fn)" nil nil)
10518 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10519 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10521 \(fn)" nil nil)
10523 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10524 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10526 \(fn)" nil nil)
10528 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10529 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10531 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10533 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10534 Flyspell whole buffer.
10536 \(fn)" t nil)
10538 ;;;***
10540 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10541 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10542 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10543 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10545 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10546 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10548 \(fn)" nil nil)
10550 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10551 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10553 \(fn)" nil nil)
10555 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10556 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10558 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10559 of two major techniques:
10561 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10562 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10563 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10565 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10566 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10567 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10568 movement commands.
10570 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10571 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10572 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10573 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10574 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10575 mileage may vary).
10577 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10578 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10580 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10582 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10583 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10584 \(This is the default.)
10586 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10588 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10589 \\{follow-mode-map}
10591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10593 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10594 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10596 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10597 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10598 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10599 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10600 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10601 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10603 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10604 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10605 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10607 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10608 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10609 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10613 ;;;***
10615 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19752
10616 ;;;;;; 41642))
10617 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10619 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10620 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10621 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10622 started, play around with the following keys:
10623 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10627 ;;;***
10629 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10630 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19752 41642))
10631 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10633 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10634 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10636 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10637 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10638 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10639 C-c < forms-first-record <
10640 C-c > forms-last-record >
10641 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10642 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10643 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10644 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10645 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10646 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10647 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10648 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10649 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10650 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10652 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10654 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10655 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10657 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10659 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10660 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10662 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10664 ;;;***
10666 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10667 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10670 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10671 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10672 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10674 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10675 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10677 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10679 Key definitions:
10680 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10682 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10684 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10685 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10686 `fortran-do-indent'
10687 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10688 `fortran-if-indent'
10689 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10690 `fortran-structure-indent'
10691 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10692 (default 3)
10693 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10694 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10695 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10696 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10697 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10698 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10699 nil don't change the indentation
10700 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10701 value of either
10702 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10703 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10704 depending on the continuation format in use.
10705 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10706 indentation for a line of code.
10707 (default 'fixed)
10708 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10709 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10710 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10711 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10712 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10713 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10714 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10715 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10716 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10717 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10718 column 5.
10719 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10720 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10721 statements (default nil).
10722 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10723 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10724 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10725 `fortran-continuation-string'
10726 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10727 line (default \"$\").
10728 `fortran-comment-region'
10729 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10730 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10731 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10732 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10733 as typed (default t).
10734 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10735 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10737 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10738 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10740 \(fn)" t nil)
10742 ;;;***
10744 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10745 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19752 41642))
10746 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10748 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10749 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10751 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10752 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10754 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10756 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10757 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10759 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10760 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10762 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10764 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10765 Compile fortune file.
10767 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10768 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10770 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10772 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10773 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10775 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10776 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10777 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10778 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10780 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10782 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10783 Display a fortune cookie.
10784 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10785 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10786 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10787 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10789 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10791 ;;;***
10793 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10794 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10797 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
10798 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10799 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
10800 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
10802 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10803 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10804 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10805 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10807 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10808 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10809 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10810 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
10811 some of the buffers.
10813 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10815 The following commands help control operation :
10817 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10818 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10820 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10821 detailed description of this mode.
10823 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10824 | GDB Toolbar |
10825 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10826 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10827 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10828 | | |
10829 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
10830 | | |
10831 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10832 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
10833 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10835 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
10836 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
10837 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
10838 session.
10840 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10842 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
10844 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10845 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10847 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
10849 ;;;***
10851 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10852 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19752
10853 ;;;;;; 41642))
10854 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10856 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10857 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10858 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10859 instead (which see).")
10861 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10862 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10864 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10865 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10866 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10867 documentation string instead.
10869 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10870 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10871 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10872 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10873 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10874 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10875 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10876 enders are actually possible.
10878 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10879 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10881 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10882 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10883 `font-lock-keywords'.
10885 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10886 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10887 runs the macro expansion.
10889 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10890 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10891 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10893 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10895 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10897 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10898 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10900 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10902 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10903 Enter generic mode MODE.
10905 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10906 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10907 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10909 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10910 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10912 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10914 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10915 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10916 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10917 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10918 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10919 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10920 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10921 `font-lock-keywords'.
10923 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10925 ;;;***
10927 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10928 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10929 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10931 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
10932 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10933 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10934 at places they belong to.
10936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10938 ;;;***
10940 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10941 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10942 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
10943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10945 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
10946 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10947 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10949 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
10951 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
10952 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10954 Guideline for numbers:
10955 1 - error messages
10956 3 - non-serious error messages
10957 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10958 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10959 9 - messages inside loops.
10961 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10963 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
10964 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10965 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10967 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10969 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
10970 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10972 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10974 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
10975 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10977 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
10978 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
10979 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
10980 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
10981 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
10982 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
10984 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
10985 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
10986 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
10987 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
10988 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
10990 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
10992 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
10994 ;;;***
10996 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10997 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19752 41642))
10998 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10999 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11000 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11002 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11003 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11007 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11008 Read network news.
11009 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11010 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11011 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11012 name of an NNTP server to use.
11013 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11014 server.
11016 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11018 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11019 Read news as a slave.
11021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11023 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11024 Pop up a frame to read news.
11025 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11026 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11027 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11028 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11029 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11030 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11031 current display is used.
11033 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11035 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11036 Read network news.
11037 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11038 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11039 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11041 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11043 ;;;***
11045 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11046 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11047 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11048 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11049 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11050 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19752 41642))
11051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11053 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11054 Start Gnus unplugged.
11056 \(fn)" t nil)
11058 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11059 Start Gnus plugged.
11061 \(fn)" t nil)
11063 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11064 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11068 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11069 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11071 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11072 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11073 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11075 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11076 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11077 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11079 \(fn)" t nil)
11081 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11082 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11084 \(fn)" nil nil)
11086 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11087 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11088 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11089 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11090 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11091 supported.
11093 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11095 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11096 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11097 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11098 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11099 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11100 supported.
11102 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11104 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11105 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11107 \(fn)" nil nil)
11109 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11110 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11111 downloaded into the agent.
11113 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11115 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11116 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11117 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11118 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11120 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11122 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11123 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11125 \(fn)" t nil)
11127 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11128 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11130 \(fn)" t nil)
11132 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11133 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11134 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11136 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11138 ;;;***
11140 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11141 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11144 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11145 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11147 \(fn)" nil nil)
11149 ;;;***
11151 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11152 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11155 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11156 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11158 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11160 ;;;***
11162 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11163 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19752 41642))
11164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11166 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11167 Set a bookmark for this article.
11169 \(fn)" t nil)
11171 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11172 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11174 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11176 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11177 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11178 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11179 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11180 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11182 \(fn)" t nil)
11184 ;;;***
11186 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11187 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11188 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19752
11189 ;;;;;; 41642))
11190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11192 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11193 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11195 Usage:
11196 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11198 \(fn)" t nil)
11200 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11201 Generate the cache active file.
11203 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11205 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11206 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11208 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11210 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11211 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11212 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11213 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11214 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11215 supported.
11217 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11219 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11220 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11221 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11222 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11223 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11224 supported.
11226 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11228 ;;;***
11230 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11231 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19752 41642))
11232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11234 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11235 Delay this article by some time.
11236 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11238 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11239 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11241 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11242 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11244 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11245 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11247 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11249 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11250 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11252 \(fn)" t nil)
11254 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11255 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11256 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11257 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11259 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11260 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11262 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11264 ;;;***
11266 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11267 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19752 41642))
11268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11270 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11271 Not documented
11273 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11275 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11276 Not documented
11278 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11280 ;;;***
11282 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11283 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11286 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11287 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11289 \(fn)" t nil)
11291 ;;;***
11293 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11294 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11297 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11298 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11300 \(fn)" t nil)
11302 ;;;***
11304 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11305 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11306 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19752
11307 ;;;;;; 41642))
11308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11310 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11311 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11313 \(fn)" t nil)
11315 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11316 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11318 \(fn)" t nil)
11320 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11321 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11323 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11324 different input formats.
11326 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11328 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11329 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11331 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11332 different input formats.
11334 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11336 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11337 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11338 The PNG is returned as a string.
11340 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11342 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11343 Convert FILE to a Face.
11344 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11345 726 bytes.
11347 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11349 ;;;***
11351 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11352 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19752 41642))
11353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11355 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11356 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11357 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11358 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11360 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11362 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11363 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11365 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11367 ;;;***
11369 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11370 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11373 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11375 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11376 Run batched scoring.
11377 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11379 \(fn)" t nil)
11381 ;;;***
11383 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11384 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11385 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11388 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11389 Not documented
11391 \(fn)" nil nil)
11393 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11394 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11395 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11397 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11399 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11400 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11402 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11406 ;;;***
11408 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11409 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11410 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11413 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11414 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11415 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11416 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11417 group parameters.
11419 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11420 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11421 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11422 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11424 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11425 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11426 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11427 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11428 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11429 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11430 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11431 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11432 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11433 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11435 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11437 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11438 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11439 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11440 nil CATCH-ALL).
11442 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11443 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11445 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11447 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11448 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11449 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11451 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11453 \(fn)" nil nil)
11455 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11456 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11457 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11459 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11461 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11462 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11463 existing groups are considered.
11465 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11466 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11467 returned.
11469 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11470 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11471 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11472 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11473 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11474 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11475 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11476 clauses will be generated.
11478 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11479 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11480 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11481 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11482 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11483 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11485 For example, given the following group parameters:
11487 nnml:mail.bar:
11488 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11489 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11490 nnml:mail.foo:
11491 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11492 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11493 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11494 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11495 nnml:mail.others:
11496 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11498 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11500 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11501 \"mail.bar\")
11502 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11503 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11504 \"mail.others\")
11506 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11508 ;;;***
11510 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11511 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11512 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11514 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
11515 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11516 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11518 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11520 ;;;***
11522 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11523 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19752 41642))
11524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11526 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11527 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11528 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11529 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11531 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11533 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11534 Mail to ADDRESS.
11536 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11538 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11539 Like `message-reply'.
11541 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11543 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11545 ;;;***
11547 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11548 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (19752 41642))
11549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11551 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
11552 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11554 \(fn)" t nil)
11556 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
11557 Load the NoCeM cache.
11559 \(fn)" t nil)
11561 ;;;***
11563 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11564 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11565 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11566 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11568 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11569 Display picons in the From header.
11570 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11572 \(fn)" t nil)
11574 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11575 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11576 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11578 \(fn)" t nil)
11580 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11581 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11582 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11584 \(fn)" t nil)
11586 ;;;***
11588 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11589 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11590 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11591 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11592 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19752 41642))
11593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11595 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11596 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11597 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11598 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11600 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11602 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11603 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11604 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11605 LIST1 is modified.
11607 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11609 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11610 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11611 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11613 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11615 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11616 Not documented
11618 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11620 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11621 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11622 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11624 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11626 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11627 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11628 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11630 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11632 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11634 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11635 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11636 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11638 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11640 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11641 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11642 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11644 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11646 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11647 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11648 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11650 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11652 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11653 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11655 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11657 ;;;***
11659 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11660 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19752 41642))
11661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11663 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11664 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11666 \(fn)" t nil)
11668 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11669 Install the registry hooks.
11671 \(fn)" t nil)
11673 ;;;***
11675 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11676 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19752
11677 ;;;;;; 41642))
11678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11680 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11681 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11682 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11683 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11684 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11685 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11687 \(fn)" t nil)
11689 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11690 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11691 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11692 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11693 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11695 \(fn)" t nil)
11697 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11698 Not documented
11700 \(fn)" t nil)
11702 ;;;***
11704 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11705 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11706 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11708 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
11709 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11710 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11711 for matching on group names.
11713 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11714 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11716 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11718 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11720 \(fn)" t nil)
11722 ;;;***
11724 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11725 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11726 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11728 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11729 Update the format specification near point.
11731 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11733 ;;;***
11735 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11736 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (19752
11737 ;;;;;; 41642))
11738 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11740 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11741 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11743 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11745 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
11746 Not documented
11748 \(fn)" nil nil)
11750 ;;;***
11752 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11753 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11756 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11757 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11759 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11761 ;;;***
11763 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19752 41642))
11764 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11766 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11767 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11769 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11770 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11771 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11773 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11774 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11775 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11777 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11778 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11780 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11781 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11783 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11785 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11787 ;;;***
11789 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11790 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19752
11791 ;;;;;; 41642))
11792 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11794 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11796 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11797 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11798 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11799 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11800 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11802 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11804 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11805 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11806 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11807 or to send e-mail.
11808 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11809 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11811 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11812 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11814 \(fn)" t nil)
11815 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11817 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11818 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11822 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11823 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11827 ;;;***
11829 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11830 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11831 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19754 9185))
11832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11834 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11835 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11837 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11839 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11840 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11841 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11842 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11843 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11845 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11846 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11847 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11849 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11851 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11852 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11853 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11854 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11855 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11857 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11859 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11860 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11862 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11864 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11865 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11867 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
11868 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11869 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11871 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
11872 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11873 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11875 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
11876 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11877 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11878 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11880 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11881 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11882 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11883 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11884 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11886 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11888 (defvar grep-history nil)
11890 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11892 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11893 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11894 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11896 \(fn)" nil nil)
11898 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11899 Not documented
11901 \(fn)" nil nil)
11903 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11904 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11906 \(fn)" nil nil)
11908 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11909 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11910 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11911 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11912 found matches.
11914 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11915 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11917 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11918 can easily repeat a grep command.
11920 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11921 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11922 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11923 list is empty).
11925 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11927 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
11928 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11929 Collect output in a buffer.
11930 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11931 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11933 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11934 easily repeat a find command.
11936 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11938 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
11940 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
11941 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11942 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11943 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11944 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11946 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11947 before it is executed.
11948 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11950 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11951 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11952 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11954 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11956 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11958 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
11959 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11960 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11961 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11962 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11964 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11965 before it is executed.
11966 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11968 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
11969 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11970 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11972 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
11974 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11976 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
11977 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
11978 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
11979 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
11981 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
11983 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
11985 ;;;***
11987 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19752 41642))
11988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11990 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
11991 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11992 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11993 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11994 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11996 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11998 ;;;***
12000 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12001 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19752 41642))
12002 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12004 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12005 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12006 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12007 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12009 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12011 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12012 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12013 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12014 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12016 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12018 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12019 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12020 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12021 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12023 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12025 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12026 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12027 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12028 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12030 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12031 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12033 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12035 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12036 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12037 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12038 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12040 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12042 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12043 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12044 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12045 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12047 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12049 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12050 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12051 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12052 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12053 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12055 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12056 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12057 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12058 original source file access method.
12060 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12061 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12063 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12064 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12066 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit") 'gdb-script-mode))
12068 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12069 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12071 \(fn)" t nil)
12073 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12074 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12075 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12076 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12077 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12078 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12080 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12082 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12083 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12087 ;;;***
12089 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19752
12090 ;;;;;; 41642))
12091 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12093 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12094 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12095 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12096 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12098 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12099 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12100 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12101 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12103 \(fn)" t nil)
12105 ;;;***
12107 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12108 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
12109 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12111 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12112 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12114 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12116 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12117 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12118 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12119 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12121 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12123 \(fn)" t nil)
12125 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12126 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12127 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12128 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12129 to be updated.
12131 \(fn)" t nil)
12133 ;;;***
12135 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12136 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12137 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19752 41642))
12138 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12140 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12141 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12143 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12145 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12146 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12147 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12149 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12151 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12152 Verify a hashcash payment
12154 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12156 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12157 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12158 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12159 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12160 `mail-add-payment-async').
12162 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12164 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12165 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12166 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12167 Calculation is asynchronous.
12169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12171 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12172 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12173 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12177 ;;;***
12179 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12180 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12181 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12182 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19752 41642))
12183 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12185 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12186 Return the help-echo string at point.
12187 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12188 property, or nil, is returned.
12189 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12190 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12191 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12193 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12195 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12196 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12197 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12198 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12199 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12201 \(fn)" nil nil)
12203 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12204 Display local help in the echo area.
12205 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12206 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12207 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12208 printed instead.
12210 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12211 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12212 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12216 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12217 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12218 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12220 \(fn)" t nil)
12222 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12223 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12224 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12226 \(fn)" t nil)
12228 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12229 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12230 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12231 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12232 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12233 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12234 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12235 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12236 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12237 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12238 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12240 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12241 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12242 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12243 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12244 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12246 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12247 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12248 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12249 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12250 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12251 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12252 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12253 The default is `never'.")
12255 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12257 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12258 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12259 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12260 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12261 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12262 considered different regions.
12264 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12265 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12266 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12267 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12268 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12269 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12270 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12271 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12272 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12274 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12276 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12277 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12278 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12279 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12280 different regions.
12282 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12283 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12284 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12285 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12286 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12287 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12288 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12289 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12291 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12292 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12293 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12294 rarely happens in practice.
12296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12298 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12299 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12300 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12301 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12302 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12303 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12307 ;;;***
12309 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12310 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12311 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12312 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
12313 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12315 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12316 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12318 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12320 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12321 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12322 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12324 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12326 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12327 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12328 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12329 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12330 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12331 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12332 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12333 search for a function definition.
12335 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12336 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12337 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12338 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12339 suitable file is found, return nil.
12341 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12343 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12344 Not documented
12346 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12348 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12349 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12350 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12351 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12353 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12355 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12356 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12357 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12358 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12359 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12360 it is displayed along with the global value.
12362 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12364 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12365 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12366 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12367 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12369 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12371 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12372 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12373 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12374 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12375 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12377 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12379 ;;;***
12381 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12382 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
12383 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12385 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12386 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12387 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12388 window listing and describing the options.
12389 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12390 gives the window that lists the options.")
12392 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12394 ;;;***
12396 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12397 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12398 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19752
12399 ;;;;;; 41642))
12400 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12402 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12403 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12404 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12405 Commands:
12406 \\{help-mode-map}
12408 \(fn)" t nil)
12410 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12411 Not documented
12413 \(fn)" nil nil)
12415 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12416 Not documented
12418 \(fn)" nil nil)
12420 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12421 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12423 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12424 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12425 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12426 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12428 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12429 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12430 restore it properly when going back.
12432 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12434 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12435 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12436 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12437 current buffer.
12438 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12439 exists, it is created.
12441 \(fn)" nil nil)
12443 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12444 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12446 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12447 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12448 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12449 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12450 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12451 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12452 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12453 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12455 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12456 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12457 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12458 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12460 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12461 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12462 that.
12464 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12466 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12467 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12468 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12469 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12470 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12471 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12473 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12475 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12476 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12477 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12478 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12479 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12481 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12483 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12484 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12486 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12488 ;;;***
12490 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12491 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19752 41642))
12492 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12494 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12495 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12497 \(fn)" t nil)
12499 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12500 Provide help for current mode.
12502 \(fn)" t nil)
12504 ;;;***
12506 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12507 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19752 41642))
12508 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12510 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12511 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12512 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12513 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12514 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12516 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12517 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12519 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12520 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12521 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12522 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12524 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12525 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12526 periods.
12528 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12529 in hexl format.
12531 A sample format:
12533 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12534 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12535 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12536 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12537 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12538 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12539 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12540 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12541 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12542 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12543 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12544 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12545 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12546 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12547 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12549 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12550 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12551 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12553 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12554 also supported.
12556 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12558 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12559 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12560 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12562 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12563 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12564 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12566 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12567 into the buffer at the current point.
12569 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12570 into the buffer at the current point.
12572 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12573 into the buffer at the current point.
12575 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12577 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12578 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12580 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12582 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12586 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12587 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12588 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12589 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12591 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12593 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12594 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12595 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12597 \(fn)" t nil)
12599 ;;;***
12601 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12602 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12603 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12604 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
12605 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12607 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12608 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12610 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12611 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12612 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12613 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12614 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12615 called interactively, are:
12617 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12618 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12620 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12621 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12622 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12623 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12625 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12626 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12628 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12629 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12631 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12632 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12633 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12634 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12635 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12636 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12637 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12638 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12639 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12640 function returns t.
12642 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12643 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12645 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12646 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12647 form:
12648 Hi-lock: FOO
12649 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12650 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12651 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12652 Patterns will be read until
12653 Hi-lock: end
12654 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12658 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12659 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12660 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12662 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12663 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12665 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12667 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12668 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12669 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12670 ARG is positive.
12671 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12672 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12673 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12677 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12679 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12680 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12682 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12683 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12684 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12685 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12686 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12688 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12690 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12692 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12693 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12695 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12696 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12697 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12698 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12699 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12701 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12703 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12705 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12706 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12708 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12709 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12711 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12713 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12715 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12716 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12718 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12719 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12720 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12721 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12722 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12724 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12726 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12727 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12729 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12730 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12731 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12733 \(fn)" t nil)
12735 ;;;***
12737 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12738 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
12739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12741 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12742 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12743 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12744 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12745 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12746 how the hiding is done:
12748 `hide-ifdef-env'
12749 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12750 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12751 is used.
12753 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12754 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12755 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12756 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12757 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12759 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12760 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12761 #endif lines when hiding.
12763 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12764 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12765 is activated.
12767 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12768 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12769 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12771 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12775 ;;;***
12777 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12778 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
12779 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12781 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12782 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12783 Each element has the form
12784 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12786 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12787 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12789 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12790 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12792 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12793 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12794 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12795 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12796 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12797 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12799 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12800 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12802 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12803 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12805 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12806 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12807 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12809 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12810 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12811 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12812 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12813 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12815 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12816 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12817 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12819 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12820 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12822 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12824 Key bindings:
12825 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12829 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12830 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12832 \(fn)" nil nil)
12834 ;;;***
12836 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12837 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12838 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12839 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12840 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19752
12841 ;;;;;; 41642))
12842 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12844 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12845 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12847 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12849 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12850 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12851 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12852 on and off.
12854 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12855 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12856 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12857 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12858 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12859 through various faces.
12860 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12861 buffer with the contents of a file
12862 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12866 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12867 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12869 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12870 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12871 in a distinctive face.
12873 The default value can be customized with variable
12874 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12876 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12880 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12881 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12882 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12884 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12886 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12887 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12889 \(fn)" t nil)
12891 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12892 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12894 \(fn)" t nil)
12896 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12897 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12899 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12900 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12901 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12902 shown in the last face in the list.
12904 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12905 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12906 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12908 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12910 \(fn)" t nil)
12912 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12913 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12915 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12917 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12918 to save the file.
12920 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12921 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12923 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12924 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12925 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12927 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12929 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
12930 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12932 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12933 this function is called interactively.
12935 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12936 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12937 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12939 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12940 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12941 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12943 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12945 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
12946 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12947 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12948 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12949 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12950 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12952 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
12954 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12955 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12956 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
12957 ARG is positive.
12958 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
12959 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12960 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12964 ;;;***
12966 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12967 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12968 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12969 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12970 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19752 41642))
12971 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12973 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
12974 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12975 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12976 or insert functions in this list.")
12978 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
12980 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12981 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12983 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
12985 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12986 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12988 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
12990 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12991 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12993 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
12995 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12996 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12998 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13000 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13001 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13002 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13004 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13006 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13007 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13008 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13009 \(as atoms)")
13011 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13013 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13014 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13015 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13016 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13017 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13019 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13021 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13022 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13023 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13024 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13025 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13026 expansions.
13027 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13028 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13029 undoes the expansion.
13031 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13033 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13034 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13035 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13036 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13038 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13040 ;;;***
13042 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13043 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
13044 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13046 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13047 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13048 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13050 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13051 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13052 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13053 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13054 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13056 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13057 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13058 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13059 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13063 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13064 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13065 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13066 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13067 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13068 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13070 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13072 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13073 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13074 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13076 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13077 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13081 ;;;***
13083 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13084 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13085 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13086 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13087 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19752 41642))
13088 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13090 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13091 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13092 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13094 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13096 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13098 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13100 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13101 Oriental holidays.
13102 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13104 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13106 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13108 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13110 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13111 Local holidays.
13112 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13114 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13116 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13118 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13120 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13121 User defined holidays.
13122 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13124 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13126 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13128 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13130 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13131 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13133 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13135 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13136 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13138 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13140 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13141 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13143 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13145 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13146 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13148 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13150 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13151 Jewish holidays.
13152 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13154 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13156 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13158 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13160 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13161 Christian holidays.
13162 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13164 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13166 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13168 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13170 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13171 Islamic holidays.
13172 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13174 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13176 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13178 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13180 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13181 Baha'i holidays.
13182 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13184 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13186 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13188 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13190 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13191 Sun-related holidays.
13192 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13194 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13196 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13198 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13200 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13202 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13203 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13204 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13205 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13209 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13210 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13211 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13212 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13213 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13215 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13216 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13218 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13219 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13221 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13222 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13223 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13224 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13225 of a holiday list.
13227 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13229 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13231 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13233 ;;;***
13235 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19752
13236 ;;;;;; 41642))
13237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13239 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13240 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13242 \(fn)" t nil)
13244 ;;;***
13246 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13247 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19752 41642))
13248 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13250 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13251 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13252 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13253 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13254 as possible.
13256 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13257 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13258 fontified display.
13260 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13261 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13263 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13264 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13265 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13267 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13269 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13270 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13271 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13273 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13275 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13277 ;;;***
13279 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13280 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19752
13281 ;;;;;; 41642))
13282 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13284 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13285 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13287 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13288 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13289 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13291 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13292 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13293 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13294 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13295 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13296 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13298 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13299 title of the column.
13301 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13302 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13303 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13304 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13305 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13307 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13309 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13310 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13311 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13312 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13313 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13315 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13316 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13317 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13319 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13321 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13322 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13323 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13324 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13325 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13326 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13328 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13329 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13330 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13331 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13332 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13333 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13334 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13335 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13336 values are:
13337 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13338 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13339 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13340 buffer's modification flag.
13341 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13342 prompted before performing this operation.
13343 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13344 operation is complete, in the form:
13345 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13346 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13347 confirmation message, in the form:
13348 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13349 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13350 macro for exactly what it does.
13352 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13354 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13355 Define a filter named NAME.
13356 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13357 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13358 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13360 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13361 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13362 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13363 bound to the current value of the filter.
13365 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13367 ;;;***
13369 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13370 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19752 41900))
13371 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13373 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13374 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13375 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13376 buffers which are visiting a file.
13378 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13380 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13381 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13382 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13383 buffers which are visiting a file.
13385 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13387 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13388 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13389 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13391 All arguments are optional.
13392 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13393 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13394 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13395 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13396 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13397 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13398 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13399 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13400 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13401 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13402 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13403 that value locally in this buffer.
13405 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13407 ;;;***
13409 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13410 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13411 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19752 41642))
13412 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13414 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13415 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13416 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13417 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13419 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13421 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13422 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13423 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13424 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13425 ICAL-FILENAME.
13426 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13427 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13428 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13430 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13432 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13433 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13434 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13435 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13436 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13437 non-marking or not.
13439 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13441 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13442 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13444 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13445 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13446 DIARY-FILE.
13448 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13449 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13450 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13452 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13453 non-marking.
13455 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13456 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13457 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13459 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13461 ;;;***
13463 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19752
13464 ;;;;;; 41642))
13465 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13467 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13468 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13469 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13470 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13471 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13472 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13474 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13476 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13477 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13478 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13479 otherwise turn it off.
13481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13483 ;;;***
13485 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19752 41642))
13486 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13488 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13489 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13490 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13491 Tab indents for Icon code.
13492 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13493 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13494 \\{icon-mode-map}
13495 Variables controlling indentation style:
13496 icon-tab-always-indent
13497 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13498 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13499 icon-auto-newline
13500 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13501 inserted in Icon code.
13502 icon-indent-level
13503 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13504 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13505 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13506 icon-continued-statement-offset
13507 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13508 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13509 icon-continued-brace-offset
13510 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13511 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13512 icon-brace-offset
13513 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13514 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13515 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13516 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13518 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13519 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13521 \(fn)" t nil)
13523 ;;;***
13525 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13526 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
13527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13529 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13530 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13531 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13532 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13534 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13535 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13536 separate frames.
13538 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13539 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13541 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13542 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13543 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13545 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13547 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13549 ;;;***
13551 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13552 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
13553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13555 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13556 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13558 The main features of this mode are
13560 1. Indentation and Formatting
13561 --------------------------
13562 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13563 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13565 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13566 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13567 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13568 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13570 Comments are indented as follows:
13572 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13573 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13574 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13576 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13578 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13579 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13580 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13581 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13582 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13583 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13585 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13586 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13587 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13588 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13590 2. Routine Info
13591 ------------
13592 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13593 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13594 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13595 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13596 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13597 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13598 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13599 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13600 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13601 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13603 3. Online IDL Help
13604 ---------------
13606 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13607 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13608 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13609 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13611 4. Completion
13612 ----------
13613 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13614 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13615 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13616 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13617 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13618 upper case.
13620 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13621 --------------------------------
13622 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13623 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13625 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13626 \\fu FUNCTION template
13627 \\c CASE statement template
13628 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13629 \\f FOR loop template
13630 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13631 \\w WHILE loop template
13632 \\i IF statement template
13633 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13634 \\b BEGIN
13636 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13637 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13639 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13640 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13641 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13642 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13644 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13645 -------------------------
13646 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13647 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13649 7. Automatic END completion
13650 ------------------------
13651 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13652 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13654 8. Hooks
13655 -----
13656 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13657 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13659 9. Documentation and Customization
13660 -------------------------------
13661 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13662 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13663 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13664 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13665 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13667 10.Keybindings
13668 -----------
13669 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13670 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13671 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13673 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13675 \(fn)" t nil)
13677 ;;;***
13679 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13680 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13681 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13682 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13683 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13684 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13685 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13686 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19752
13687 ;;;;;; 41642))
13688 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13690 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13691 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13692 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13693 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13694 displaying...)
13695 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13696 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13697 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13700 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13702 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13704 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13705 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13706 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13707 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13708 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13709 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13710 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13711 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13712 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13716 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13717 Switch to another buffer.
13718 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13719 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13720 in another frame.
13722 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13723 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13724 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13725 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13726 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13728 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13729 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13731 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13732 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13734 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13735 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13736 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13737 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13738 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13739 in a separate window.
13740 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13741 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13742 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13743 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13744 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13745 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13746 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13747 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13748 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13750 \(fn)" t nil)
13752 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13753 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13754 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13755 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13757 \(fn)" t nil)
13759 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13760 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13761 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13762 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13764 \(fn)" t nil)
13766 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13767 Kill a buffer.
13768 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13769 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13771 \(fn)" t nil)
13773 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13774 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13775 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13776 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13778 \(fn)" t nil)
13780 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13781 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13782 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13783 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13785 \(fn)" t nil)
13787 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13788 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13790 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13792 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13793 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13794 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13795 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13796 visible in another frame.
13798 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13799 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13800 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13801 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13802 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13803 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13805 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13806 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13808 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13809 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13811 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13812 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13813 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13814 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13815 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13816 in a separate window.
13817 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13818 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13819 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13820 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13821 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13822 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13823 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13824 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13825 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13826 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13827 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13828 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13829 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13830 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13831 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13833 \(fn)" t nil)
13835 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13836 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13837 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13838 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13840 \(fn)" t nil)
13842 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13843 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13844 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13845 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13847 \(fn)" t nil)
13849 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13850 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13851 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13852 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13854 \(fn)" t nil)
13856 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13857 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13858 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13859 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13861 \(fn)" t nil)
13863 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13864 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13865 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13866 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13868 \(fn)" t nil)
13870 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13871 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13872 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13873 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13875 \(fn)" t nil)
13877 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13878 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13879 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13880 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13882 \(fn)" t nil)
13884 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13885 Write current buffer to a file.
13886 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13887 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13889 \(fn)" t nil)
13891 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13892 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13893 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13894 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13896 \(fn)" t nil)
13898 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13899 Call `dired' the ido way.
13900 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13901 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13903 \(fn)" t nil)
13905 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13906 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13907 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13908 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13909 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13910 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13912 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13914 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
13915 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13916 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13917 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13919 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13921 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
13922 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13923 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13924 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13926 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13928 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
13929 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13930 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13931 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13932 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13933 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13934 with `completing-read'.
13935 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13936 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13937 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13938 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13939 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13940 with point positioned at the end.
13941 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13942 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13944 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13946 ;;;***
13948 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19752 41642))
13949 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13950 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
13952 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
13953 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13954 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13956 \(fn)" t nil)
13958 ;;;***
13960 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13961 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
13962 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13964 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13965 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13967 \(fn)" t nil)
13969 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13970 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13974 ;;;***
13976 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
13977 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
13978 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
13979 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
13980 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (19752 41642))
13981 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13983 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
13984 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13985 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13986 be determined.
13988 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13990 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
13991 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
13992 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13993 be determined.
13995 \(fn)" nil nil)
13997 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
13998 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13999 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14000 be determined.
14002 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14004 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14005 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14006 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14007 be determined.
14009 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14011 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14012 Determine and return image type.
14013 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14014 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14015 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14016 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14017 use its file extension as image type.
14018 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14020 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14022 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14023 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14024 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14026 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14028 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14029 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14030 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14032 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14033 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14034 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14035 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14036 must be available.
14038 \(fn)" nil nil)
14040 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14041 Create an image.
14042 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14043 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14044 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14045 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14046 use its file extension as image type.
14047 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14048 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14049 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14050 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14052 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14054 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14055 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14056 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14058 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14060 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14061 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14062 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14063 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14064 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14065 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14066 POS may be an integer or marker.
14067 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14068 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14069 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14070 means display it in the right marginal area.
14072 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14074 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14075 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14076 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14077 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14078 defaulted if you omit it.
14079 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14080 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14081 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14082 means display it in the right marginal area.
14083 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14084 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14085 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14086 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14087 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14089 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14091 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14092 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14093 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14094 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14095 defaulted if you omit it.
14096 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14097 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14098 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14099 means display it in the right marginal area.
14100 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14102 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14104 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14105 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14106 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14107 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14109 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14111 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14112 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14114 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14116 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14117 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14118 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14119 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14120 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14121 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14122 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14123 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14124 satisfied.
14126 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14128 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14130 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14132 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14133 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14135 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14136 documentation string.
14138 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14139 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14140 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14141 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14142 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14143 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14144 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14145 define SYMBOL.
14147 Example:
14149 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14150 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14152 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14154 ;;;***
14156 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14157 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14158 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14159 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14160 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14161 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14162 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
14163 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19752 41642))
14164 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14166 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14167 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
14169 \(fn)" t nil)
14171 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14172 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14174 Convenience command that:
14176 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14177 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14178 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14180 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14181 image files in dired and type
14182 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14184 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14186 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14187 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14189 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14191 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14192 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14193 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14194 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14195 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14196 another one).
14198 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14199 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14200 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14202 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14203 instead of erasing it first.
14205 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14206 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14207 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14208 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14209 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14210 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14212 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14214 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14215 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14216 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14217 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14218 displayed.
14220 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14222 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14224 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14226 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14227 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14229 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14231 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14232 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14233 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14235 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14237 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14238 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14240 \(fn)" t nil)
14242 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14243 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14244 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14245 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14247 \(fn)" t nil)
14249 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14250 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14252 \(fn)" t nil)
14254 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14255 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14257 \(fn)" t nil)
14259 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14260 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14262 \(fn)" t nil)
14264 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14265 Display current image file.
14266 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14267 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14271 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14272 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14274 \(fn)" t nil)
14276 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14277 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14278 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14279 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14280 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14281 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14282 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14284 \(fn)" t nil)
14286 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14287 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14288 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14289 easy-to-use form.
14291 \(fn)" t nil)
14293 ;;;***
14295 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14296 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14297 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19752 41642))
14298 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14300 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14301 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14302 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14303 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14305 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14306 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14307 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14308 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14310 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14312 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14313 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14314 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14315 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14317 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14318 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14319 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14320 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14322 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14324 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14325 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14327 \(fn)" nil nil)
14329 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14330 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14331 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14332 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14334 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14336 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14337 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14338 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14341 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14343 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14345 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14346 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14347 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14348 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14350 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14351 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14352 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14356 ;;;***
14358 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14359 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19752 41642))
14360 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14361 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.jpe?g\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14362 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.png\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14363 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.gif\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14364 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.tiff?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14365 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.p[bpgn]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14366 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14367 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14368 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14369 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14371 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14372 Major mode for image files.
14373 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14374 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14376 \(fn)" t nil)
14378 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14379 Toggle Image minor mode.
14380 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14381 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14382 to display an image file as the actual image.
14384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14386 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14387 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14388 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14389 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14390 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14391 to display an image file as the actual image.
14393 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14394 to display an image file as text initially.
14396 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14397 on these modes.
14399 \(fn)" t nil)
14401 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14402 Not documented
14404 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14406 ;;;***
14408 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14409 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19752 41642))
14410 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14412 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14413 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14415 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14417 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14418 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14419 in the buffer.
14421 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14423 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14424 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14425 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14427 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14429 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14430 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14432 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14433 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14434 pattern's structure.
14436 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14437 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14438 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14439 during matching.")
14440 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14442 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14444 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14445 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14447 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14448 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14449 called within a `save-excursion'.
14451 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14453 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14455 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14456 Function for finding the next index position.
14458 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14459 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14460 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14461 file.
14463 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14464 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14466 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14468 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14469 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14471 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14472 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14473 It should return the name for that index item.")
14475 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14477 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14478 Function to compare string with index item.
14480 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14481 non-nil if they match.
14483 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14484 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14485 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14486 arguments match\".")
14488 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14490 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14491 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14492 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14494 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14495 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14497 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14499 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14501 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14502 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14503 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14504 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14506 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14508 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14509 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14511 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14513 \(fn)" t nil)
14515 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14516 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14517 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14518 for more information.
14520 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14522 ;;;***
14524 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14525 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14526 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19752 41642))
14527 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14529 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14530 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14532 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14534 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14535 Not documented
14537 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14539 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14540 Not documented
14542 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14544 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14545 Not documented
14547 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14549 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14550 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14552 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14554 ;;;***
14556 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14557 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14558 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19752 41642))
14559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14561 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14562 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14563 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14564 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14565 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14567 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14569 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14570 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14572 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14574 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14575 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14576 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14577 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14578 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14579 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14580 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14581 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14583 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14585 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14586 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14587 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14588 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14589 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14591 This variable is only used if the variable
14592 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14594 More precise choices:
14595 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14596 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14597 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14599 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14601 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14603 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14604 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14606 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14607 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14608 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14609 to that buffer.
14610 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14611 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14612 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14613 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14615 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14616 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14618 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14620 ;;;***
14622 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14623 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14624 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14625 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14626 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
14627 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14629 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14630 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14632 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14633 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14634 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14636 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14637 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14638 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14639 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14640 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14641 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14642 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14643 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14644 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14645 with the top-level Info directory.
14647 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14648 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14649 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14650 appended to the Info buffer name.
14652 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14653 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14654 in all the directories in that path.
14656 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14658 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14660 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14661 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14663 \(fn)" t nil)
14665 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14666 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14667 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14668 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14670 \(fn)" nil nil)
14672 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14673 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14674 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14675 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14677 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14679 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14680 Go to the Info directory node.
14682 \(fn)" t nil)
14684 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14685 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14686 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14687 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14688 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14689 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14691 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14693 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14694 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14695 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14697 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14699 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14700 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14702 \(fn)" t nil)
14704 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14705 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14706 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14707 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14708 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14710 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14711 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14713 Selecting other nodes:
14714 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14715 Follow a node reference you click on.
14716 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14717 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14718 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14719 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14720 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14721 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14722 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14723 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14724 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14725 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14726 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14727 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14728 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14729 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14730 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14731 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14732 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14733 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14734 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14735 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14737 Moving within a node:
14738 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14739 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14740 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14741 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14742 move up to the parent node.
14743 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14744 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14745 if there is none.
14746 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14748 Advanced commands:
14749 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14750 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14751 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14752 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14753 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14754 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14755 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14756 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14757 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14758 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14759 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14760 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14761 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14762 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14763 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14764 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14766 \(fn)" nil nil)
14767 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14769 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14770 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14771 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14772 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14773 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14774 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14776 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14777 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14779 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14780 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14781 KEY is a string.
14782 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14783 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14784 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14785 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14787 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14789 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14790 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14791 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14793 \(fn)" t nil)
14795 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14796 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14797 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14799 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14801 ;;;***
14803 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14804 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14805 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
14806 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14808 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14809 Throw away all cached data.
14810 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14811 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14812 system.
14814 \(fn)" t nil)
14815 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14817 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14818 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14819 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14820 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14821 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14822 one found at point.
14824 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14826 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14827 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14829 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14830 Display the documentation of a file.
14831 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14832 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14833 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14834 The default file name is the one found at point.
14836 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14838 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14840 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14841 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14843 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14845 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14846 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14848 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14850 ;;;***
14852 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14853 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19752 41642))
14854 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14856 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14857 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14859 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14861 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14862 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14863 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14865 \(fn)" t nil)
14867 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14868 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14869 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14871 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14872 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14873 quite a while.
14875 \(fn)" t nil)
14877 ;;;***
14879 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14880 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19752 41642))
14881 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14883 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14884 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14886 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14888 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14889 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14891 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
14893 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
14894 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14895 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14896 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14898 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14899 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14900 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14902 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14903 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14904 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14905 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14907 \(fn)" t nil)
14909 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
14910 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14911 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14913 \(fn)" t nil)
14915 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
14916 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14917 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14918 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14919 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14921 \(fn)" nil nil)
14923 ;;;***
14925 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14926 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14927 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
14928 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14930 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14931 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14933 \(fn)" t nil)
14935 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14936 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14938 \(fn)" t nil)
14940 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
14941 Not documented
14943 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14945 ;;;***
14947 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19752
14948 ;;;;;; 41642))
14949 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14951 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
14952 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14953 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14954 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14955 accessed via isearchb.
14957 \(fn)" t nil)
14959 ;;;***
14961 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14962 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14963 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14964 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19752 41642))
14965 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14967 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
14968 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14969 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14970 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14971 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14973 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14975 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
14976 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14977 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14978 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14979 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14981 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14983 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
14984 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14985 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14986 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
14987 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14989 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14991 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14992 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14993 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14994 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
14995 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14997 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14999 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15000 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15001 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15002 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15003 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15005 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15007 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15008 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15009 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15010 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15011 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15013 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15015 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15016 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15017 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15018 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15019 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15021 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15023 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15024 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15025 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15026 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15028 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15030 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15031 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15032 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15033 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15035 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15037 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15038 Warn that format is read-only.
15040 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15042 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15043 Warn that format is write-only.
15045 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15047 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15048 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15050 \(fn)" t nil)
15052 ;;;***
15054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15055 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
15056 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15057 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15058 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15059 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15061 ;;;***
15063 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15064 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15065 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15066 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15067 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19752 41642))
15068 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15069 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15071 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15072 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15073 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15074 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15075 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15077 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15078 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15080 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15081 Key map for ispell menu.")
15083 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15084 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15085 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15086 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15088 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15090 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15092 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15094 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15096 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15097 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15098 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15099 Valid forms include:
15100 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15101 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15102 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15103 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15105 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15106 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15107 First list is used raw.
15108 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15110 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15111 for skipping in latex mode.")
15113 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15114 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15115 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15116 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15117 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15118 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15119 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15121 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15122 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15123 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15124 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15126 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15127 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15128 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15129 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15130 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15132 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15133 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15135 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15136 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15138 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15139 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15141 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15142 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15144 Return values:
15145 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15146 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15147 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15148 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15149 quit spell session exited.
15151 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15153 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15154 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15155 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15157 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15159 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15160 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15162 Selections are:
15164 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15165 SPC: Accept word this time.
15166 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15167 `a': Accept word for this session.
15168 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15169 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15170 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15171 `?': Show these commands.
15172 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15173 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15174 the aborted check to be completed later.
15175 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15176 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15177 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15178 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15179 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15180 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15181 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15183 \(fn)" nil nil)
15185 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15186 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15187 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15189 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15191 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15192 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15193 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15194 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15196 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15198 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15200 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15201 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15202 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15203 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15205 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15207 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15208 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15210 \(fn)" t nil)
15212 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15213 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15215 \(fn)" t nil)
15217 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15218 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15220 \(fn)" t nil)
15222 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15223 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15224 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15225 sequence inside of a word.
15227 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15229 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15231 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15232 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15234 \(fn)" t nil)
15236 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15237 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15238 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15239 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15241 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15242 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15243 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15244 available on the net.
15246 \(fn)" t nil)
15248 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15249 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15250 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15251 otherwise turn it off.
15253 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15254 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15256 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15257 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15261 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15262 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15263 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15264 Don't check included messages.
15266 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15267 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15268 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15270 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15271 in your .emacs file:
15272 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15273 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15274 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15275 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15277 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15278 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15279 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15281 \(fn)" t nil)
15283 ;;;***
15285 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19752
15286 ;;;;;; 41642))
15287 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15289 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15290 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15291 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15292 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15293 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15294 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15296 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15298 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15299 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15300 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15301 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15302 `iswitchb' for details.
15304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15306 ;;;***
15308 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15309 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15310 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15311 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19752 41642))
15312 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15314 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15315 Not documented
15317 \(fn)" nil nil)
15319 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15320 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15321 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15322 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15323 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15324 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15325 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15326 necessary to represent OBJ.
15328 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15330 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15331 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15332 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15333 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15335 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15337 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15338 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15339 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15340 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15341 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15343 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15345 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15346 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15347 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15348 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15350 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15352 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15353 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15354 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15355 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15357 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15359 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15360 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15362 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15364 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15365 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15366 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15367 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15368 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15370 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15372 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15373 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15374 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15375 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15376 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15378 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15380 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15381 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15382 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15384 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15386 ;;;***
15388 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15389 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19754 9185))
15390 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15392 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15393 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15394 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15395 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15397 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15398 Not documented
15400 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15402 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15403 Uninstall jka-compr.
15404 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15405 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15406 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15408 \(fn)" nil nil)
15410 ;;;***
15412 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19752 41642))
15413 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15415 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15416 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15418 Key bindings:
15420 \\{js-mode-map}
15422 \(fn)" t nil)
15424 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15426 ;;;***
15428 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15429 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15430 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
15431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15433 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15434 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15435 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15436 decimal key must be specified.")
15438 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15440 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15441 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15442 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15443 decimal key must be specified.")
15445 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15447 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15448 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15449 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15450 decimal key must be specified.")
15452 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15454 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15455 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15456 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15457 decimal key must be specified.")
15459 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15461 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15462 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15463 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15464 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15465 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15466 keys are bound.
15468 Setup Binding
15469 -------------------------------------------------------------
15470 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15471 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15472 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15473 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15474 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15475 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15476 in the global and local keymaps.
15478 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15479 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15481 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15483 ;;;***
15485 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15486 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
15487 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15489 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15490 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15491 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15493 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15494 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15495 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15496 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15497 shorter.
15499 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15500 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15501 the context of text formatting.
15503 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15505 ;;;***
15507 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19752
15508 ;;;;;; 41642))
15509 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15511 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15512 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15513 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15514 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15515 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15516 positions that contains the current selection.")
15518 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15519 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15520 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15521 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15522 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15523 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15524 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15526 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15528 ;;;***
15530 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15531 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15532 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15533 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19752 41642))
15534 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15535 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15536 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15537 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15538 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15539 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15540 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15541 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15543 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15544 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15546 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15548 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15549 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15550 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15551 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15552 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15554 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15556 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15557 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15558 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15560 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15561 defining the macro.
15563 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15564 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15565 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15567 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15568 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15570 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15572 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15573 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15574 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15575 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15576 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15577 under that name.
15579 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15580 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15581 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15583 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15585 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15586 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15587 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15589 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15590 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15591 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15592 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15594 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15595 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15597 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15599 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15600 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15601 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15603 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15604 macro.
15606 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15607 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15609 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15610 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15611 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15613 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15614 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15616 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15618 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15619 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15620 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15621 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15623 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15625 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15626 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15627 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15628 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15630 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15631 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15633 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15635 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15636 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15637 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15639 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15641 ;;;***
15643 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15644 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19752 41642))
15645 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15647 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15648 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15649 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15651 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15652 Not documented
15654 \(fn)" nil nil)
15656 ;;;***
15658 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15659 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
15660 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15662 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15664 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15665 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15667 \(fn)" t nil)
15669 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15671 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15672 Start or resume an Lm game.
15673 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15674 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15676 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15677 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15678 none / 1 | yes | no
15679 2 | yes | yes
15680 3 | no | yes
15681 4 | no | no
15683 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15684 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15685 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15687 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15689 ;;;***
15691 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15692 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15693 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19752 41642))
15694 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15696 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15697 Not documented
15699 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15701 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15702 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15703 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15704 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15705 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15706 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15708 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15709 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15711 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15713 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15714 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15716 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15718 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15719 Not documented
15721 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15723 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15724 Not documented
15726 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15728 ;;;***
15730 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15731 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15732 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19752 41642))
15733 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15735 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15736 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15737 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15738 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15740 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15742 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15743 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15744 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15746 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15748 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15749 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15750 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15752 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15754 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15755 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15756 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15757 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15759 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15761 ;;;***
15763 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15764 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19752 41642))
15765 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15767 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15768 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15769 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15770 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15771 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15772 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15773 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15774 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15776 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15777 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15779 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15780 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15782 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15784 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15785 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15786 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15787 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15788 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15789 `latin1-display-setup'.
15791 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15793 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15794 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15795 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15796 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15798 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15799 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15801 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15803 ;;;***
15805 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15806 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
15807 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15809 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15811 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("ld\\.?script\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15813 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
15815 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15816 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15818 \(fn)" t nil)
15820 ;;;***
15822 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15823 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
15824 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15826 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15827 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15829 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15830 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15832 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15833 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15835 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15836 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15837 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15838 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15839 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15840 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15841 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15842 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15843 and transmit saved text.
15845 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15846 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15847 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15849 \(fn)" t nil)
15851 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15852 Not documented
15854 \(fn)" nil nil)
15856 ;;;***
15858 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19752 41642))
15859 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15861 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15862 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15863 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15864 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15865 generations (this defaults to 1).
15867 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15869 ;;;***
15871 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15872 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19752 41642))
15873 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15875 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15876 Format used to display line numbers.
15877 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15878 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15879 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15880 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15882 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15884 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15885 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15889 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15890 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15891 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15892 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15893 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15894 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15896 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15898 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15899 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15900 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
15901 ARG is positive.
15902 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
15903 `linum-on' would do it.
15904 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15908 ;;;***
15910 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19752
15911 ;;;;;; 41642))
15912 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15914 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15915 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15916 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15917 is nil, raise an error.
15919 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15920 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15921 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15922 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15923 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15924 defined by the library.
15926 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15927 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15928 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15929 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15930 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15931 proceeds.
15933 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15934 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15935 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15936 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15938 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15940 ;;;***
15942 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15943 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19752 41642))
15944 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15946 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
15947 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15948 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15950 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15952 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15953 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15954 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15955 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15957 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15958 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15959 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15960 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15961 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15962 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15963 the version.)
15965 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15966 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15968 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15969 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15971 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
15972 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
15974 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15976 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15977 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15978 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15979 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15980 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
15981 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
15982 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
15983 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
15984 to constrain a big search.
15986 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
15988 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
15989 except that FILTER is not optional.
15991 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
15993 ;;;***
15995 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19752 41642))
15996 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15998 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
15999 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16000 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16001 if MODE is nil.
16002 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16003 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16004 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16005 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16006 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16008 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16009 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16010 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16011 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16012 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16014 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16015 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16016 uses the current buffer.
16018 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16020 ;;;***
16022 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19752
16023 ;;;;;; 41642))
16024 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16026 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16027 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16029 \(fn)" t nil)
16031 ;;;***
16033 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19752
16034 ;;;;;; 41642))
16035 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16037 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16038 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16039 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16040 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16041 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16043 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16044 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16045 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16047 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16048 are indicated with a symbol.
16050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16052 ;;;***
16054 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16055 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19752
16056 ;;;;;; 41642))
16057 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16059 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16061 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16063 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16064 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16065 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16067 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16068 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16070 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16071 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16072 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16073 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16074 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16075 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16076 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16078 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16080 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16081 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16082 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16083 switch on this list.
16084 See `lpr-command'.")
16086 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16088 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16089 Name of program for printing a file.
16091 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16092 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16093 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16094 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16095 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16096 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16097 argument.")
16099 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16101 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16102 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16103 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16104 for customization of the printer command.
16106 \(fn)" t nil)
16108 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16109 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16111 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16112 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16113 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16114 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16116 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16117 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16119 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16120 for further customization of the printer command.
16122 \(fn)" t nil)
16124 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16125 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16126 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16127 for customization of the printer command.
16129 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16131 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16132 Paginate and print the region contents.
16134 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16135 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16136 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16137 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16139 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16140 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16142 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16143 for further customization of the printer command.
16145 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16147 ;;;***
16149 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16150 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16151 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16153 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16154 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16155 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16157 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16159 ;;;***
16161 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19752
16162 ;;;;;; 41642))
16163 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16165 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16166 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16167 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16168 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16172 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16174 ;;;***
16176 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19752
16177 ;;;;;; 41642))
16178 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16180 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16181 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16182 \\{m4-mode-map}
16184 \(fn)" t nil)
16186 ;;;***
16188 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16189 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16192 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16193 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16194 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16195 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16196 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16198 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16200 ;;;***
16202 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16203 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19752 41642))
16204 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16206 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16207 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16208 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16209 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16210 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16212 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16214 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16215 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16216 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16217 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16219 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16220 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16221 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16222 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16223 bindings.
16225 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16226 use this command, and then save the file.
16228 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16230 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16231 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16232 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16233 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16234 each time the macro executes.
16235 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16236 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16237 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16238 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16239 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16240 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16241 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16243 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16245 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16246 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16247 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16248 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16250 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16251 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16252 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16253 execute.
16255 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16256 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16258 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16259 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16260 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16261 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16262 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16264 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16265 looked like this:
16267 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16268 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16269 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16271 You could enter the names in this format:
16277 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16279 \\C-x (
16280 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16281 \\C-x )
16283 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16284 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16286 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16287 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16289 ;;;***
16291 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16292 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19752 41642))
16293 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16295 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16296 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16297 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16298 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16299 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16300 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16302 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16303 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16304 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16305 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16306 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16308 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16309 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16310 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16311 consing a string.)
16313 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16315 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16316 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16318 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16320 ;;;***
16322 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16323 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16324 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16327 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16328 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16330 \(fn)" nil nil)
16332 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16333 Not documented
16335 \(fn)" nil nil)
16337 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16338 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16340 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16342 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16343 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16344 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16345 message.
16347 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16349 \(fn)" nil nil)
16351 ;;;***
16353 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16354 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16355 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16356 ;;;;;; (19744 33840))
16357 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16359 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16360 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16361 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16362 often correct parser.")
16364 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16366 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16367 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16369 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16371 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16372 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16373 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16374 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16376 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16378 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16379 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16380 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16381 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16383 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16385 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16386 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16387 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16388 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16390 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16392 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16393 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16394 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16395 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16396 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16397 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16398 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16399 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16400 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16401 as Rmail does.
16403 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16405 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16406 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16407 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16408 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16409 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16410 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16411 matches may be returned from the message body.
16413 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16415 ;;;***
16417 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16418 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19752
16419 ;;;;;; 41642))
16420 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16422 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16423 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16424 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16426 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16427 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16429 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16431 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16432 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16436 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16437 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16439 \(fn)" nil nil)
16441 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16442 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16443 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16445 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16447 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16448 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16449 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16451 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16452 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16453 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16454 double-quotes.
16456 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16458 ;;;***
16460 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16461 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19752
16462 ;;;;;; 41642))
16463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16465 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16466 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16467 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16468 king@grassland.com
16469 If `parens', they look like:
16470 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16471 If `angles', they look like:
16472 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16474 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16476 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16477 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16478 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16479 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16480 their `Resent-' variants.
16482 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16483 removed from alias expansions.
16485 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16487 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16488 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16489 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16491 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16492 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16493 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16494 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16496 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16498 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16499 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16500 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16501 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16503 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16505 ;;;***
16507 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16508 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16509 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16511 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16512 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16513 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16514 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16516 \(fn)" nil nil)
16518 ;;;***
16520 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16521 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16522 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19752 41642))
16523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16525 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16526 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16528 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16529 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16530 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16531 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16532 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16533 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16535 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16536 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16537 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16538 dependency, despite the colon.
16540 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16542 In the browser, use the following keys:
16544 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16546 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16548 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16549 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16551 `makefile-target-colon':
16552 The string that gets appended to all target names
16553 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16554 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16556 `makefile-macro-assign':
16557 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16558 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16559 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16560 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16561 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16562 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16564 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16565 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16566 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16568 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16569 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16571 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16572 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16573 up or down in the browser.
16575 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16576 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16578 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16579 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16581 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16582 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16583 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16584 has been selected in the browser.
16586 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16587 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16588 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16589 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16590 filenames are omitted.
16592 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16593 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16594 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16595 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16596 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16597 the backslash itself intact.
16598 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16599 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16601 `makefile-browser-hook':
16602 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16603 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16605 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16606 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16607 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16608 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16610 \(fn)" t nil)
16612 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16613 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16615 \(fn)" t nil)
16617 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16618 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16620 \(fn)" t nil)
16622 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16623 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16625 \(fn)" t nil)
16627 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16628 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16630 \(fn)" t nil)
16632 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16633 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16635 \(fn)" t nil)
16637 ;;;***
16639 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19752
16640 ;;;;;; 41642))
16641 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16643 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16644 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16645 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16647 \(fn)" t nil)
16649 ;;;***
16651 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19752 41642))
16652 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16654 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16656 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16657 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16658 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16659 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16660 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16661 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16662 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16663 page, it will display immediately.
16665 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16666 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16667 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16669 cat(1)
16670 1 cat
16672 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16673 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16674 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16675 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16677 -a chmod
16679 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16680 otherwise look like a page name.
16682 /my/file/name.1.gz
16683 -l somefile.1
16685 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16686 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16687 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16689 -k pattern
16691 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16693 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16694 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16696 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16698 ;;;***
16700 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19752 41642))
16701 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16703 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16704 Toggle Master mode.
16705 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16706 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16707 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16709 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16710 following commands:
16712 \\{master-mode-map}
16714 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16715 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16716 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16720 ;;;***
16722 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16723 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16724 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16726 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16727 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16728 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16729 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16730 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16731 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16733 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16735 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16736 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16737 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16738 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16739 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16741 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16742 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16746 ;;;***
16748 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16749 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16750 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16751 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16752 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16753 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16754 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19757 55474))
16755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16757 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16759 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16760 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16761 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16762 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16763 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16764 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16765 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16766 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16767 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16768 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16769 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16770 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16771 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16772 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16773 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16774 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16775 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16776 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16777 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16778 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16779 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16780 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16781 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16782 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16783 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16784 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16785 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16786 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16787 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16788 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16789 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16790 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16791 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16792 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16793 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16794 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16795 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16796 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16798 \(fn)" t nil)
16800 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16801 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16802 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16803 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16804 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16806 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16808 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16809 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16811 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16813 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16814 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16816 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16818 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16819 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16821 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16823 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16824 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16825 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16827 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16829 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16830 Cancel an article you posted.
16831 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16835 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16836 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16837 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16838 header line with the old Message-ID.
16840 \(fn)" t nil)
16842 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16843 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16845 \(fn)" t nil)
16847 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16848 Forward the current message via mail.
16849 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16850 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16852 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16854 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16855 Not documented
16857 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16859 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16860 Not documented
16862 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16864 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16865 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16867 \(fn)" t nil)
16869 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16870 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16872 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16874 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16875 Re-mail the current message.
16876 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16877 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16878 you.
16880 \(fn)" t nil)
16882 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16883 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16885 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16887 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16888 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16890 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16892 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16893 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16895 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16897 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16898 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16900 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16902 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16903 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16904 Works by overstriking characters.
16905 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16906 which specify the range to operate on.
16908 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16910 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16911 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16912 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16913 which specify the range to operate on.
16915 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16917 ;;;***
16919 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16920 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16923 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16924 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16925 Special commands:
16926 \\{meta-mode-map}
16928 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16929 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16931 \(fn)" t nil)
16933 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16934 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16935 Special commands:
16936 \\{meta-mode-map}
16938 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16939 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16941 \(fn)" t nil)
16943 ;;;***
16945 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16946 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16947 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
16948 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16950 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16951 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16952 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16954 \(fn)" t nil)
16956 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16957 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16958 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16959 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16960 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16961 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16962 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16964 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16966 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16967 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16968 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16969 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16970 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16971 means current).
16972 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16973 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16975 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16977 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16978 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16979 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16980 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16981 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16982 means current).
16983 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16984 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16986 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16988 ;;;***
16990 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16991 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16992 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19752 41642))
16993 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16995 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
16996 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16997 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16999 \(fn)" t nil)
17001 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17002 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17003 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17005 \(fn)" t nil)
17007 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17008 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17010 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17011 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17012 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17014 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17015 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17017 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17018 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17020 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17022 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17024 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17025 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17026 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17027 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17028 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17029 as `compose-mail'.
17031 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17032 initial Subject field, respectively.
17034 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17035 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17036 are strings.
17038 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17039 ignored.
17041 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17043 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17044 Save draft and send message.
17046 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17047 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17048 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17049 Mail Delivery*\".
17051 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17052 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17053 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17055 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17056 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17057 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17058 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17059 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17060 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17062 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17063 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17065 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17066 message and scan line.
17068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17070 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17071 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17073 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17074 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17075 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17076 delete the draft message.
17078 \(fn)" t nil)
17080 ;;;***
17082 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19752 41642))
17083 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17085 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17087 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17089 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17091 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17092 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17094 \(fn)" t nil)
17096 ;;;***
17098 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17099 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19752 41642))
17100 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17102 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17103 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17104 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17106 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17107 the MH mail system.
17109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17111 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17112 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17113 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17115 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17116 the MH mail system.
17118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17120 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17121 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17123 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17124 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17125 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17126 separate command.
17128 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17129 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17130 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17131 format.
17133 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17135 Ranges
17136 ======
17137 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17138 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17139 can be used in several ways.
17141 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17142 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17143 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17144 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17145 page):
17147 <num1>-<num2>
17148 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17149 The range must be nonempty.
17151 <num>:N
17152 <num>:+N
17153 <num>:-N
17154 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17155 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17156 last.
17158 first:N
17159 prev:N
17160 next:N
17161 last:N
17162 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17165 All of the messages.
17167 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17168 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17170 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17171 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17172 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17174 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17176 \(fn)" t nil)
17178 ;;;***
17180 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17181 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19752 41642))
17182 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17184 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17185 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17186 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17187 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17188 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17189 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17190 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17191 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17192 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17193 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17194 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17196 \(fn)" t nil)
17198 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17199 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17200 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17201 to its second argument TM.
17203 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17205 ;;;***
17207 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17208 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19752 41642))
17209 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17211 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17212 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17213 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17214 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17215 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17216 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17218 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17220 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17221 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17222 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17223 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17224 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17225 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17226 default indication.
17228 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17229 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17233 ;;;***
17235 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19752 41642))
17236 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17238 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17239 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17240 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17241 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17242 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17243 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17244 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17245 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17246 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17248 \(fn)" t nil)
17250 ;;;***
17252 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17253 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17254 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19752 41642))
17255 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17256 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17258 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17259 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17261 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17262 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17263 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17264 next occurrence.
17266 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17267 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17268 end of the search space).
17270 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17271 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17272 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17273 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17274 should return the previous buffer to search.
17276 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17277 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17278 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17280 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17281 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17282 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17283 Isearch starts.")
17285 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17286 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17287 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17289 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17290 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17291 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17293 \(fn)" nil nil)
17295 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17296 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17297 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17298 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17299 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17300 whose names match the specified regexp.
17302 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17304 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17305 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17306 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17307 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17308 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17309 whose names match the specified regexp.
17311 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17313 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17314 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17315 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17316 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17317 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17318 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17319 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17321 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17323 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17324 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17325 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17326 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17327 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17328 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17329 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17331 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17333 ;;;***
17335 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17336 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
17337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17339 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17340 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17341 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17343 \(fn)" t nil)
17345 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17347 ;;;***
17349 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17350 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19752 41642))
17351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17353 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17354 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17356 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17358 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17359 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17360 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17361 the entire message.
17362 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17364 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17366 ;;;***
17368 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17369 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
17370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17372 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17373 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17374 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17375 the entire message.
17376 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17378 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17380 ;;;***
17382 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17383 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19752 41642))
17384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17386 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17387 Insert file contents of URL.
17388 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17390 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17392 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17393 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17395 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17397 ;;;***
17399 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17400 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19752 41642))
17401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17403 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17404 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17405 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17406 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17407 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17409 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17411 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17412 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17413 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17415 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17417 ;;;***
17419 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17420 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
17421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17423 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17424 Not documented
17426 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17428 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17429 Not documented
17431 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17433 ;;;***
17435 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17436 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17437 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19752 41642))
17438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17440 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17441 Not documented
17443 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17445 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17446 Not documented
17448 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17450 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17451 Not documented
17453 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17455 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17456 Not documented
17458 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17460 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17461 Not documented
17463 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17465 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17466 Not documented
17468 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17470 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17471 Not documented
17473 \(fn)" nil nil)
17475 ;;;***
17477 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17478 ;;;;;; (19636 58496))
17479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17481 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17482 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17483 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17484 followed by the first character of the construct.
17485 \\<m2-mode-map>
17486 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17487 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17488 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17489 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17490 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17491 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17492 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17493 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17494 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17495 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17496 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17497 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17498 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17499 \\[m2-link] link
17501 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17502 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17503 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17505 \(fn)" t nil)
17507 ;;;***
17509 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17510 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
17511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17513 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17514 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17516 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17518 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17519 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17521 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17523 ;;;***
17525 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17526 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19752 41642))
17527 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17529 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17530 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17532 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17533 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17534 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17536 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17537 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17538 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17540 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17541 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17543 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17544 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17545 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17546 hemisphere you're in.)
17548 To test this function, evaluate:
17549 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17551 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17553 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17554 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17556 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17557 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17559 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17560 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17561 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17563 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17564 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17566 To test this function, evaluate:
17567 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17569 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17571 ;;;***
17573 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19752
17574 ;;;;;; 41642))
17575 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17577 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17578 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17579 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17582 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17584 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17586 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17587 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17588 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17589 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17591 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17593 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17595 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17597 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17598 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17599 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17600 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17601 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17602 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17604 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17605 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17606 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17607 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17608 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17610 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17611 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17613 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17614 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17616 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17618 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17619 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17620 primary selection and region.
17622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17624 ;;;***
17626 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19752 41642))
17627 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17629 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17630 Main entry point for MPC.
17632 \(fn)" t nil)
17634 ;;;***
17636 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19752 41642))
17637 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17639 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17640 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17642 \(fn)" t nil)
17644 ;;;***
17646 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19752 41642))
17647 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17649 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17650 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17651 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17652 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17653 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17654 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17656 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17658 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17659 Toggle Msb mode.
17660 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17661 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17662 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17666 ;;;***
17668 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17669 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17670 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17671 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17672 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17673 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
17674 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17676 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17677 Display a list of all character sets.
17679 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17680 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17681 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17682 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17683 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17685 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17686 but still shows the full information.
17688 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17690 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17691 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17692 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17694 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17695 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17696 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17697 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17698 meanings of these arguments.
17700 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17702 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17703 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17705 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17707 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17708 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17710 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17712 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17713 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17715 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17717 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17718 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17720 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17721 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17722 in place of `..':
17723 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17724 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17725 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17726 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17727 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17728 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17729 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17730 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17731 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17732 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17733 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17734 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17735 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17736 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17737 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17738 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17740 \(fn)" t nil)
17742 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17743 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17745 \(fn)" t nil)
17747 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17748 Display a list of all coding systems.
17749 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17751 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17752 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17756 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17757 Display a list of all coding categories.
17759 \(fn)" nil nil)
17761 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17762 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17763 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17765 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17767 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17768 Display information about FONTSET.
17769 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17771 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17773 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17774 Display a list of all fontsets.
17775 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17776 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17777 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17779 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17781 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17782 Display information about all input methods.
17784 \(fn)" t nil)
17786 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17787 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17789 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17790 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17791 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17792 system which uses fontsets).
17794 \(fn)" t nil)
17796 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17797 Show log of font listing and opening.
17798 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17799 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17801 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17803 ;;;***
17805 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17806 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17807 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17808 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17809 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17810 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19752 41642))
17811 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17813 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17814 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17815 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17817 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17819 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17821 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17822 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17824 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17825 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17827 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17828 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17830 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17832 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17833 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17834 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17835 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17836 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17837 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17838 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17840 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17841 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17842 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17843 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17844 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17845 middle of a character in STR.
17847 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17848 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17850 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17851 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17852 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17853 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17854 defaults to \"...\".
17856 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17858 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17859 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17861 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17862 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17863 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17865 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17866 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17867 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17869 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17870 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17871 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17872 are considered.
17873 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17874 longer than KEYSEQ.
17875 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17877 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17879 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17880 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17881 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17882 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17883 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17884 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17885 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17886 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17887 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17888 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17889 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17891 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17893 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17894 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17896 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17898 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17899 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17901 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17903 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17904 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17906 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17908 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17909 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17911 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17913 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17914 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17915 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17916 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17917 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17919 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17920 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17922 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17923 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17924 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17925 coding systems ordered by priority.
17927 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17929 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17930 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17931 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17932 language environment LANG-ENV.
17934 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17936 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17937 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17938 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17939 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17940 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17941 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17943 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17945 ;;;***
17947 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17948 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17949 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17950 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19752
17951 ;;;;;; 41642))
17952 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17954 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17955 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17957 \(fn)" t nil)
17959 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17960 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17962 \(fn)" t nil)
17964 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17965 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17967 \(fn)" t nil)
17969 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17970 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17972 \(fn)" t nil)
17974 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17975 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17977 \(fn)" t nil)
17979 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17980 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17982 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17984 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17985 Ping HOST.
17986 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17987 `ping-program-options'.
17989 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17991 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17992 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17994 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17996 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
17997 Run nslookup program.
17999 \(fn)" t nil)
18001 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18002 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18004 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18006 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18007 Run dig program.
18009 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18011 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18012 Run ftp program.
18014 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18016 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18017 Finger USER on HOST.
18019 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18021 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18022 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18023 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18024 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18026 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18028 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18029 Not documented
18031 \(fn)" t nil)
18033 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18034 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18036 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18038 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18039 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18041 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18043 ;;;***
18045 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18046 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18047 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18048 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18049 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18050 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19752 41642))
18051 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18053 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18055 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18057 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18059 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18061 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18062 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18063 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18064 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18065 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18066 Major modes should set this variable.")
18068 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18069 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18070 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18071 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18072 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18073 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18075 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18076 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18078 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18079 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18080 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18082 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18083 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18084 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18085 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18086 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18088 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18089 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18090 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18092 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18093 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18094 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18095 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18097 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18098 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18099 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18100 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18101 column indentation or nil.
18102 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18104 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18105 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18106 The function has no args.
18108 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18109 comments always start in column zero.")
18111 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18112 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18113 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18115 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18117 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18118 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18119 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18120 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18122 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18123 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18125 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18127 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18128 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18129 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18130 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18131 customize this variable.
18133 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18134 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18136 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18138 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18139 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18140 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18141 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18142 the variables are properly set.
18144 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18146 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18147 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18149 \(fn)" nil nil)
18151 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18152 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18153 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18155 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18157 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18158 Set the comment column based on point.
18159 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18160 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18161 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18162 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18164 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18166 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18167 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18168 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18170 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18172 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18173 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18174 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18175 comment markers.
18177 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18179 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18180 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18181 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18182 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18183 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18185 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18186 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18187 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18189 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18190 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18191 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18192 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18193 changed with `comment-style'.
18195 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18197 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18198 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18199 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18200 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18202 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18204 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18205 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18206 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18207 is passed on to the respective function.
18209 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18211 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18212 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18213 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18214 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18215 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18216 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18217 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18218 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18219 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18220 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18222 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18224 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18225 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18226 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18228 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18230 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18231 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18232 This indents the body of the continued comment
18233 under the previous comment line.
18235 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18236 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18237 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18239 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18240 or comment indentation.
18242 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18243 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18245 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18247 ;;;***
18249 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18250 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19752 41642))
18251 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18253 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18254 Check whether newsticker is running.
18255 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18256 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18258 \(fn)" nil nil)
18260 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18261 Start the newsticker.
18262 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18263 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18264 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18265 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18267 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18269 ;;;***
18271 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18272 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18273 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18275 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18276 Start newsticker plainview.
18278 \(fn)" t nil)
18280 ;;;***
18282 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18283 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18286 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18287 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18289 \(fn)" t nil)
18291 ;;;***
18293 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18294 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19752 41642))
18295 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18297 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18298 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18299 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18300 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18301 empty.
18303 \(fn)" nil nil)
18305 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18306 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18307 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18308 running already.
18310 \(fn)" t nil)
18312 ;;;***
18314 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18315 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18316 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18318 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18319 Start newsticker treeview.
18321 \(fn)" t nil)
18323 ;;;***
18325 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18326 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18329 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18330 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18332 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18334 ;;;***
18336 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19752
18337 ;;;;;; 41642))
18338 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18340 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18341 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18342 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18343 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18344 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18345 symbol in the alist.
18347 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18349 ;;;***
18351 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18352 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18355 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18356 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18357 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18359 \(fn)" t nil)
18361 ;;;***
18363 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18364 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18367 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18368 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18369 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18371 \(fn)" t nil)
18373 ;;;***
18375 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18376 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18379 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18380 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18382 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18384 ;;;***
18386 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18387 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (19752 41642))
18388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18390 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18391 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18393 \(fn)" t nil)
18395 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18396 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18398 \(fn)" t nil)
18400 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18401 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18403 \(fn)" t nil)
18405 ;;;***
18407 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18408 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19752 41642))
18409 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18411 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18412 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18413 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18415 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18417 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18418 Not documented
18420 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18422 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18423 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18424 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18425 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18426 to future sessions.
18428 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18430 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18431 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18432 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18433 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18434 to future sessions.
18436 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18438 ;;;***
18440 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18441 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18442 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18444 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18445 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18446 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18447 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18448 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18449 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18451 \(fn)" t nil)
18453 ;;;***
18455 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18456 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18457 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18459 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18460 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18461 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18462 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18464 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18466 ;;;***
18468 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19752
18469 ;;;;;; 41642))
18470 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18472 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18473 Major mode for editing XML.
18475 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18476 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18477 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18478 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18479 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18480 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18481 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18483 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18485 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18486 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18488 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18489 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18490 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18491 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18492 instead of C-c.
18494 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18495 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18496 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18497 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18498 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18499 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18501 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18502 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18503 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18505 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18506 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18507 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18509 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18510 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18511 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18512 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18513 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18514 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18515 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18516 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18517 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18519 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18521 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18522 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18524 \(fn)" t nil)
18526 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18528 ;;;***
18530 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18531 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19752 41642))
18532 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18534 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18535 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18536 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18537 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18539 \(fn)" t nil)
18541 ;;;***
18543 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18544 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18547 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18548 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18549 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18551 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18553 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18554 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18556 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18557 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18558 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18562 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18564 ;;;***
18566 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18567 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
18568 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18570 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18571 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18573 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18574 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18575 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18576 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18578 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18579 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18580 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18581 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18582 is why you need this mode!).
18584 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18585 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18586 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18588 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18590 Keybindings
18591 ===========
18593 \\{octave-mode-map}
18595 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18596 ==============================================
18598 `octave-auto-indent'
18599 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18600 Default is nil.
18602 `octave-auto-newline'
18603 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18604 Default is nil.
18606 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18607 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18608 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18610 `octave-block-offset'
18611 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18612 Default is 2.
18614 `octave-continuation-offset'
18615 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18616 Default is 4.
18618 `octave-continuation-string'
18619 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18620 Default is a backslash.
18622 `octave-send-echo-input'
18623 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18624 command to the inferior Octave process.
18626 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18627 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18628 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18630 `octave-send-echo-input'
18631 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18633 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18635 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18636 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18638 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18640 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18641 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18643 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18644 (lambda ()
18645 (abbrev-mode 1)
18646 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18648 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18649 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18650 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18651 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18653 \(fn)" t nil)
18655 ;;;***
18657 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18658 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18659 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18660 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18661 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18662 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19752 41642))
18663 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18665 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18666 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18667 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18669 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18670 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18671 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18672 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18673 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18674 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18675 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18676 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18677 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18678 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18680 The following commands are available:
18682 \\{org-mode-map}
18684 \(fn)" t nil)
18686 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18688 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18689 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18690 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18691 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18695 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18696 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18697 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18698 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18699 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18700 of Org-mode).
18702 M-up Move entry/item up
18703 M-down Move entry/item down
18704 M-left Promote
18705 M-right Demote
18706 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18707 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18708 M-S-left Promote subtree
18709 M-S-right Demote subtree
18710 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18711 C-c ^ Sort entries
18712 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18713 TAB Cycle item visibility
18714 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18715 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18716 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18720 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18721 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18723 \(fn)" nil nil)
18725 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18726 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18728 \(fn)" nil nil)
18730 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18731 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18732 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18733 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18734 call CMD.
18736 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18738 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18739 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18740 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18741 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18743 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18744 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18745 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18747 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18749 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18750 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18751 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18753 \(fn)" t nil)
18755 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18756 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18757 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18758 Org-mode syntax.
18760 \(fn)" t nil)
18762 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18763 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18765 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18767 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18768 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18770 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18771 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18772 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18773 returned as a list.
18775 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18776 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18777 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18778 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18779 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18780 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18781 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18782 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18783 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18784 position.
18786 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18787 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18788 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18789 visited by the iteration.
18791 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18793 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18794 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18795 file The current buffer, without restriction
18796 file-with-archives
18797 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18798 agenda All agenda files
18799 agenda-with-archives
18800 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18801 \(file1 file2 ...)
18802 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18804 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18805 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18807 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18808 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18809 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18810 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18811 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18812 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18813 function leaves it.
18815 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18816 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18817 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18818 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18819 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18820 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18821 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18822 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18824 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18826 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18827 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18828 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18829 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18833 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18835 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18836 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18837 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18838 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18840 \(fn)" t nil)
18842 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18843 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18845 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18847 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18848 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18849 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18851 \(fn)" t nil)
18853 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18854 Not documented
18856 \(fn)" t nil)
18858 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18859 Reload all org lisp files.
18860 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18862 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18864 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18865 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18867 \(fn)" t nil)
18869 ;;;***
18871 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18872 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18873 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18874 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18875 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19752 41642))
18876 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18878 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18879 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18880 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18881 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18883 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18884 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18885 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18886 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18887 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18888 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18889 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18890 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18891 e Export views to associated files.
18892 s Search entries for keywords.
18893 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
18894 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18895 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18896 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18897 > Remove a previous restriction.
18898 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18899 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18900 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18902 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18903 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18904 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18906 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18907 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18908 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18909 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18910 \(if active).
18912 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18914 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18915 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18916 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18917 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18918 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18919 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18920 before running the agenda command.
18922 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18924 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18925 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18926 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18927 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18928 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18929 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18930 before running the agenda command.
18932 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18933 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18935 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18937 category The category of the item
18938 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18939 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18940 todo selected in TODO match
18941 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18942 diary imported from diary
18943 deadline a deadline on given date
18944 scheduled scheduled on given date
18945 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18946 closed entry was closed on given date
18947 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18948 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18949 block entry has date block including g. date
18950 todo The todo keyword, if any
18951 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18952 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18953 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18954 extra Sting with extra planning info
18955 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18956 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18957 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18959 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18961 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18962 Not documented
18964 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18966 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18967 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18969 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18971 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18972 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18973 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18974 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18976 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18977 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18978 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18979 agenda instead.
18981 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18982 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18983 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18985 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18986 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18988 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18990 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18991 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
18992 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
18993 search only the headlines.
18995 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
18996 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
18997 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
18998 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
18999 EDIT-AT.
19001 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19002 Depending on the variable `org-agenda-search-view-search-words-only'
19003 and on whether the first character in the search string is \"+\" or \"-\",
19004 The string is then interpreted either as a substring with variable amounts
19005 of whitespace, or as a list or individual words that should be matched.
19007 The default is a substring match, where each space in the search string
19008 can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace, including newlines.
19010 If matching individual words, these words are then interpreted as a
19011 boolean expression with logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must
19012 not occur in the entry. Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus
19013 must occur in the entry. Matching is case-insensitive and the words
19014 are enclosed by word delimiters.
19016 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19017 that must or must not match in the entry.
19019 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19020 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19021 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19022 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19024 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19025 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19027 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19029 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19030 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19031 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19032 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19033 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19034 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19036 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19038 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19039 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19040 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19042 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19044 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19045 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19046 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19047 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19048 `org-stuck-projects'.
19049 MATCH is being ignored.
19051 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19053 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19054 Return diary information from org-files.
19055 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19056 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19057 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19058 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19060 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19061 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19062 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19064 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19066 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19067 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19068 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19069 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19071 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19072 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19073 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19075 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19076 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19077 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19078 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19080 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19082 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19084 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19085 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19087 &%%(org-diary)
19089 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19090 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19091 So the example above may also be written as
19093 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19095 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19096 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19097 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19099 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19101 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19102 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19104 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19106 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19107 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19108 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19110 \(fn)" t nil)
19112 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19113 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19114 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19115 appointments.
19117 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19118 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19120 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19121 for filtering entries out.
19123 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19124 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19126 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19127 (category \"Work\"))
19129 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19130 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19132 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19134 ;;;***
19136 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19137 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19138 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19139 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19141 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19142 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19143 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19145 \(fn)" t nil)
19147 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19148 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19149 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19151 \(fn)" t nil)
19153 ;;;***
19155 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19156 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
19157 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19752 41642))
19158 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19160 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19161 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19162 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19164 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19166 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19167 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19168 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19169 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19170 command to convert it.
19172 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19174 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19175 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19176 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19177 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19178 cut-and-paste operations.
19179 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19180 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19181 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19182 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19184 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19186 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19187 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19189 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19191 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19192 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19193 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19194 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19195 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19196 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19197 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19198 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19199 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19200 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19201 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19202 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19203 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19204 publishing directory.
19206 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19208 ;;;***
19210 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19752
19211 ;;;;;; 41642))
19212 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19214 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19215 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19216 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19218 \(fn)" t nil)
19220 ;;;***
19222 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19223 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19224 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19226 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19227 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19229 \(fn)" nil nil)
19231 ;;;***
19233 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19234 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19752 41642))
19235 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19237 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19238 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19239 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19240 fontified, and then returned.
19242 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19244 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19245 Set up hooks for clock persistence
19247 \(fn)" nil nil)
19249 ;;;***
19251 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19252 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19253 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19254 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19752 41642))
19255 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19257 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19258 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19259 This function can be used in batch processing.
19261 For example:
19263 $ emacs --batch
19264 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19265 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19267 \(fn)" nil nil)
19269 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19270 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19271 No file is created.
19273 \(fn)" t nil)
19275 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19276 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19277 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19278 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19279 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19280 then use this command to convert it.
19282 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19284 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19285 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19286 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19287 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19288 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19289 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19290 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19291 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19292 could call this function in the following way:
19294 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19296 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19297 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19299 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19301 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19302 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19304 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19306 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19307 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19309 \(fn)" t nil)
19311 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19312 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19313 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19314 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19315 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19316 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19317 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19318 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19319 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19320 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19321 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19322 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19323 publishing directory.
19325 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19327 ;;;***
19329 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19330 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19331 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19332 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19334 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19335 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19336 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19337 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19338 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19340 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19341 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19342 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19346 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19347 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19348 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19349 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19350 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19352 As a special case, if you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary org-mode
19353 file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can continue to
19354 use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting command.
19356 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19358 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19359 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19360 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19361 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19362 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19364 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19365 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19366 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19367 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19369 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19370 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19371 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19373 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19374 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19375 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19376 directory.
19378 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19380 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19381 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19383 \(fn)" t nil)
19385 ;;;***
19387 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19388 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19752
19389 ;;;;;; 41642))
19390 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19392 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19393 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19395 \(fn)" t nil)
19397 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19398 Get inbox items from FEED.
19399 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19400 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19402 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19404 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19405 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19407 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19409 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19410 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19412 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19414 ;;;***
19416 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19417 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19752 41642))
19418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19420 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19421 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19422 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19423 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19424 create a new footnote, interactively.
19425 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19427 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19429 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19430 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19431 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19432 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19433 Org-mode exporters.
19434 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19435 referenced sequence.
19437 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19439 ;;;***
19441 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19442 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19443 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19444 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19752 41642))
19445 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19447 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19448 Not documented
19450 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19452 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19453 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19455 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19457 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19458 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19460 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19462 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19463 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19465 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19467 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19468 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19470 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19472 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19473 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19475 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19477 ;;;***
19479 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19480 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19481 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19482 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19752 41642))
19483 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19485 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19487 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19489 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19491 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19492 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19493 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19494 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19495 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19497 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19499 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19500 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19501 emacs --batch
19502 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19503 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19504 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19506 \(fn)" nil nil)
19508 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19509 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19510 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19512 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19514 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19515 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19516 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19517 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19518 command to convert it.
19520 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19522 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19523 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19524 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19525 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19526 cut-and-paste operations.
19527 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19528 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19529 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19530 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19532 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19534 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19535 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19537 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19539 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19540 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19541 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19542 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19543 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19544 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19545 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19546 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19547 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19548 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19549 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19550 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19551 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19552 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19553 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19555 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19557 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19558 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19559 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19560 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19561 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19562 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19563 need into your CSS file.
19565 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19566 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19567 that uses these same face definitions.
19569 \(fn)" t nil)
19571 ;;;***
19573 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19574 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19575 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19576 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19578 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19579 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19580 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19581 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19583 \(fn)" t nil)
19585 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19586 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19587 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19588 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19590 \(fn)" t nil)
19592 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19593 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19594 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19596 \(fn)" t nil)
19598 ;;;***
19600 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19601 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19602 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19752 41642))
19603 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19605 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19606 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19607 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19608 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19610 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19612 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19613 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19614 Create an ID if necessary.
19616 \(fn)" t nil)
19618 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19619 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19620 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19621 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19622 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19623 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19624 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19626 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19628 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19629 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19630 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19631 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19632 eligible.
19633 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19635 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19637 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19638 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19639 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19640 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19642 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19644 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19645 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19646 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19648 \(fn ID)" t nil)
19650 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19651 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19652 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19653 if there is no entry with that ID.
19654 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19656 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19658 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19659 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19661 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
19663 ;;;***
19665 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19666 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19667 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19669 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19670 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19672 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19673 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19674 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19678 ;;;***
19680 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19681 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19682 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19684 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19685 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19687 \(fn)" nil nil)
19689 ;;;***
19691 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19692 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19693 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19694 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19695 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19697 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19698 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19699 For example:
19701 emacs --batch
19702 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19703 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19704 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19706 \(fn)" nil nil)
19708 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19709 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19710 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19712 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19714 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19715 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19716 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19717 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19718 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19719 then use this command to convert it.
19721 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19723 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19724 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19725 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19726 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19727 cut-and-paste operations.
19728 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19729 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19730 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19731 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19733 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19735 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19736 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19738 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19740 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19741 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19742 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19743 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19744 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19745 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19746 convert them as description lists.
19747 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19748 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19749 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19750 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19751 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19752 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19753 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19754 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19755 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19756 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19757 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19759 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19761 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19762 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19764 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19766 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19767 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19769 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19771 ;;;***
19773 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19774 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19752
19775 ;;;;;; 41642))
19776 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19778 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19779 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19780 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19781 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19783 \(fn)" t nil)
19785 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19786 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19787 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19788 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19790 \(fn)" t nil)
19792 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19793 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19795 \(fn)" t nil)
19797 ;;;***
19799 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19800 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19801 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19803 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19804 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19805 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19806 line directly before or after the table.
19808 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19810 ;;;***
19812 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19813 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19814 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19815 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19817 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19819 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19820 Publish PROJECT.
19822 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19824 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19825 Publish all projects.
19826 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19827 directory and force publishing all files.
19829 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19831 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19832 Publish the current file.
19833 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19835 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19837 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19838 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19839 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19840 the project.
19842 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19844 ;;;***
19846 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19847 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19848 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19752 41642))
19849 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19851 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19852 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19854 \(fn)" nil nil)
19856 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19857 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19858 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19859 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19860 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19862 \(fn)" nil nil)
19864 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19865 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19866 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19867 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19869 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19871 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19872 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19873 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19874 of the remember buffer.
19876 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19877 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19878 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19879 note stored by remember.
19881 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19882 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19884 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19886 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19887 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19888 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19889 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19890 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19892 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19893 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19894 process is used to select the target location.
19896 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19897 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19899 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19900 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19901 currently running.
19903 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19904 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19905 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19907 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19908 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19909 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19910 some additional data.
19912 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19913 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19914 \(i.e. after the stars).
19916 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19918 \(fn)" nil nil)
19920 ;;;***
19922 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19923 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19752 41642))
19924 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19926 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19927 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19929 \(fn)" nil nil)
19931 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19932 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19936 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19937 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19938 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19939 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19940 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19942 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19944 ;;;***
19946 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19947 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19948 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19949 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19951 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19952 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19953 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19954 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19955 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19956 without user interaction.
19957 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19958 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19959 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
19960 the region 0:00:00.
19962 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
19964 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
19965 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
19966 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
19967 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
19968 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
19969 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
19970 that was not started at the correct moment.
19972 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
19974 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
19975 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
19977 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
19979 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
19980 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
19982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19984 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
19985 Set a timer.
19987 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
19989 ;;;***
19991 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
19992 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
19993 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
19995 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
19996 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19997 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
19999 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20001 ;;;***
20003 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20004 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20005 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20006 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20008 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20009 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20010 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20011 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20013 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20014 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20015 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20016 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20018 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20019 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20020 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20021 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20022 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20023 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20025 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20026 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20027 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20029 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20030 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20031 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20032 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20033 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20034 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20035 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20036 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20037 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20038 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20039 The subheadings remain visible.
20040 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20042 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20043 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20044 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20046 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20047 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20049 \(fn)" t nil)
20051 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20052 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20053 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20054 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20057 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20059 ;;;***
20061 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19752 41642))
20062 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20064 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20065 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20066 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20067 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20068 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20069 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20071 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20073 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20074 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20075 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20076 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20078 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20079 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20083 ;;;***
20085 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20086 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20087 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20088 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20090 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20091 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20092 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20093 unknown are returned as nil.
20095 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20097 ;;;***
20099 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19752
20100 ;;;;;; 41642))
20101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20103 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20104 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20105 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20107 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20108 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20110 Other useful functions are:
20112 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20113 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20114 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20115 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20116 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20117 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20118 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20119 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20120 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20122 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20124 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20125 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20126 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20127 Indentation for case statements.
20128 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20129 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20130 mark after an end.
20131 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20132 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20133 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20134 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20135 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20136 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20137 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20138 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20139 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20140 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20142 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20143 pascal-separator-keywords.
20145 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20146 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20148 \(fn)" t nil)
20150 ;;;***
20152 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20153 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20156 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20157 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20158 The keys affected are:
20159 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20160 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20161 M-Backspace does undo.
20162 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20163 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20164 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20166 \(fn)" t nil)
20168 ;;;***
20170 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20171 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20174 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20175 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20176 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20178 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20179 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20181 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20183 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20184 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, Mac or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20186 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20188 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20189 which modify the status of the mark.
20191 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20192 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20194 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20195 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20197 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20198 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20199 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20200 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20201 turning PC Selection mode on.
20203 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20204 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20206 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20207 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20208 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20210 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20211 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20212 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20214 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20215 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20217 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20218 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20219 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20221 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20222 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20223 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20225 F6 other-window
20226 DELETE delete-char
20227 C-DELETE kill-line
20228 M-DELETE kill-word
20229 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20230 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20231 M-BACKSPACE undo
20233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20235 ;;;***
20237 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19752
20238 ;;;;;; 41642))
20239 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20241 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20242 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20244 \(fn)" nil nil)
20246 ;;;***
20248 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20249 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19752 41642))
20250 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20252 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20253 Completion for `gzip'.
20255 \(fn)" nil nil)
20257 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20258 Completion for `bzip2'.
20260 \(fn)" nil nil)
20262 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20263 Completion for GNU `make'.
20265 \(fn)" nil nil)
20267 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20268 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20270 \(fn)" nil nil)
20272 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20274 ;;;***
20276 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20277 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19752 41642))
20278 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20280 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20281 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20283 \(fn)" nil nil)
20285 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20286 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20288 \(fn)" nil nil)
20290 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20291 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20293 \(fn)" nil nil)
20295 ;;;***
20297 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19752
20298 ;;;;;; 41642))
20299 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20301 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20302 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20304 \(fn)" nil nil)
20306 ;;;***
20308 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20309 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20310 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19752 41642))
20311 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20313 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20314 Completion for `cd'.
20316 \(fn)" nil nil)
20318 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20320 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20321 Completion for `rmdir'.
20323 \(fn)" nil nil)
20325 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20326 Completion for `rm'.
20328 \(fn)" nil nil)
20330 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20331 Completion for `xargs'.
20333 \(fn)" nil nil)
20335 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20337 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20338 Completion for `which'.
20340 \(fn)" nil nil)
20342 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20343 Completion for the `chown' command.
20345 \(fn)" nil nil)
20347 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20348 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20350 \(fn)" nil nil)
20352 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20353 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20355 \(fn)" nil nil)
20357 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20358 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20359 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20361 \(fn)" nil nil)
20363 ;;;***
20365 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20366 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20367 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19752
20368 ;;;;;; 41642))
20369 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20371 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20372 Support extensible programmable completion.
20373 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20374 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20376 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20378 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20379 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20381 \(fn)" t nil)
20383 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20384 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20385 This will modify the current buffer.
20387 \(fn)" t nil)
20389 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20390 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20392 \(fn)" t nil)
20394 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20395 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20396 This will modify the current buffer.
20398 \(fn)" t nil)
20400 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20401 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20403 \(fn)" t nil)
20405 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20406 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20408 \(fn)" t nil)
20410 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20411 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20412 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20413 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20414 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20416 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20418 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20419 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20421 \(fn)" nil nil)
20423 ;;;***
20425 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20426 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20427 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19752 41642))
20428 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20430 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20431 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20432 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20433 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20435 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20437 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20439 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20440 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20441 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20442 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20443 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20444 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20445 FLAGS is ignored.
20447 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20449 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20450 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20451 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20452 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20453 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20454 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20455 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20456 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20458 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20460 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20461 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20462 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20463 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20464 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20465 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20466 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20467 passed to cvs.
20469 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20471 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20472 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20473 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20474 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20475 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20476 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20477 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20479 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20481 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20482 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20483 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20485 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20487 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20488 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20489 A value of nil means never do it.
20490 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20491 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20492 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20494 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20496 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20497 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20498 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20500 ;;;***
20502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (19752 41642))
20503 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20505 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20507 ;;;***
20509 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20510 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20512 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20513 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20514 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20515 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20516 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20517 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20519 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20520 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20521 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20522 Tab indents for Perl code.
20523 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20524 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20525 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20526 \\{perl-mode-map}
20527 Variables controlling indentation style:
20528 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20529 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20530 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20531 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20532 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20533 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20534 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20535 `perl-nochange'
20536 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20537 `perl-indent-level'
20538 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20539 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20540 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20541 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20542 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20543 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20544 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20545 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20546 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20547 `perl-brace-offset'
20548 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20549 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20550 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20551 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20552 `perl-label-offset'
20553 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20554 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20555 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20557 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20558 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20559 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20560 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20561 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20562 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20563 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20565 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20567 \(fn)" t nil)
20569 ;;;***
20571 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20572 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20573 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20574 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19752 41642))
20575 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20577 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20578 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20580 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20582 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20583 passphrase cache or user.
20585 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20587 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20588 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20590 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20591 cache or user.
20593 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20595 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20596 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20598 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20599 the region.
20601 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20602 passphrase cache or user.
20604 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20606 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20607 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20609 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20611 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20612 the region.
20614 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20615 passphrase cache or user.
20617 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20619 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20620 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20622 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20623 passphrase cache or user.
20625 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20627 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20628 Decrypt the current buffer.
20630 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20631 the region.
20633 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20634 passphrase cache or user.
20636 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20638 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20639 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20641 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20642 a detached signature.
20644 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20645 and the output is displayed.
20647 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20648 passphrase cache or user.
20650 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20652 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20653 Sign the current buffer.
20655 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20656 detached signature.
20658 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20659 within the region.
20661 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20662 and the output is displayed.
20664 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20665 passphrase cache or user.
20667 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20669 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20670 Verify the current region between START and END.
20671 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20672 the detached signature of the current region.
20674 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20675 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20677 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20679 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20680 Verify the current buffer.
20681 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20682 the detached signature of the current region.
20683 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20684 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20685 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20686 within the region.
20688 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20690 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20691 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20693 \(fn)" t nil)
20695 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20696 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20698 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20700 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20701 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20703 \(fn)" t nil)
20705 ;;;***
20707 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20708 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20709 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20711 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20712 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20714 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20716 ;;;***
20718 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20719 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20720 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20722 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20723 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20724 \\<picture-mode-map>
20725 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20726 afterwards settable by these commands:
20728 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20729 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20730 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20731 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20733 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20734 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20735 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20736 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20738 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20739 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20740 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20741 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20743 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20744 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20745 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20746 with these commands:
20748 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20749 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20750 Move to column following last
20751 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20752 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20753 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20754 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20755 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20756 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20758 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20760 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20761 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20762 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20763 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20764 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20765 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20767 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20768 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20769 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20770 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20771 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20772 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20773 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20775 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20776 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20777 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20778 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20779 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20780 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20781 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20782 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20784 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20785 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20786 by supplying an argument.
20788 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20790 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20791 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20793 \(fn)" t nil)
20795 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20797 ;;;***
20799 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20800 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20801 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20803 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20804 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20805 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20807 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20809 ;;;***
20811 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19752 41642))
20812 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20814 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20815 Play pong and waste time.
20816 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20817 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20819 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20821 \\{pong-mode-map}
20823 \(fn)" t nil)
20825 ;;;***
20827 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20828 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20829 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20832 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20833 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20834 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20835 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20837 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20839 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20840 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20842 \(fn)" nil nil)
20844 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20845 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20846 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20847 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20848 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20850 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20852 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20853 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20854 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20856 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20858 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20859 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20861 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20863 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20864 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20865 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20866 Ignores leading comment characters.
20868 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20870 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20871 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20872 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20873 Ignores leading comment characters.
20875 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20877 ;;;***
20879 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20880 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20881 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20882 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20883 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20884 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20885 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20886 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20887 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20888 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20889 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20890 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20891 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20892 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20893 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20894 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20895 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20896 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20897 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
20898 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20900 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20901 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20903 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20905 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20907 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20909 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20910 Preview directory using ghostview.
20912 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20913 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20914 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20915 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20917 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20918 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20919 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20920 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20921 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20922 file name.
20924 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20926 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20928 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20929 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20931 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20932 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20933 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20934 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20936 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20937 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20938 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20939 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20940 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20941 file name.
20943 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20945 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20947 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20948 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20950 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20951 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20952 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20953 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20955 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20956 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20957 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20958 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20959 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20960 file name.
20962 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20964 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20966 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20967 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20969 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20971 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20972 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20973 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20974 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20976 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20977 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20978 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20979 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20980 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20981 file name.
20983 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20985 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20987 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20988 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20990 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20991 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20992 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20994 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20995 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20996 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20997 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20999 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21001 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21002 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21004 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21005 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21006 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21008 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21009 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21010 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21011 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21013 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21015 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21016 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21018 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21019 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21020 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21022 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21023 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21024 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21025 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21027 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21029 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21030 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21032 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21034 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21035 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21036 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21038 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21039 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21040 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21041 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21043 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21045 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21046 Preview region using ghostview.
21048 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21050 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21052 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21053 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21055 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21057 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21059 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21060 Print region using PostScript printer.
21062 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21064 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21066 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21067 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21069 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21071 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21073 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21074 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21076 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21078 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21080 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21081 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21083 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21085 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21087 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21088 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21090 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21092 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21094 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21095 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21097 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21099 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21101 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21102 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21103 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21104 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21106 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21107 matching.
21109 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21110 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21112 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21114 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21116 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21117 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21118 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21119 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21121 \(fn)" t nil)
21123 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21124 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21125 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21126 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21128 \(fn)" t nil)
21130 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21131 Print directory using text printer.
21133 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21134 matching.
21136 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21137 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21139 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21141 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21143 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21144 Print buffer using text printer.
21146 \(fn)" t nil)
21148 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21149 Print region using text printer.
21151 \(fn)" t nil)
21153 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21154 Print major mode using text printer.
21156 \(fn)" t nil)
21158 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21159 Preview spooled PostScript.
21161 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21162 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21163 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21165 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21166 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21167 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21169 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21171 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21172 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21174 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21175 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21176 instead of sending it to the printer.
21178 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21179 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21180 image in a file with that name.
21182 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21184 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21185 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21187 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21188 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21189 instead of sending it to the printer.
21191 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21192 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21193 image in a file with that name.
21195 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21197 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21198 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21200 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21201 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21202 instead of sending it to the printer.
21204 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21205 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21206 image in a file with that name.
21208 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21210 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21211 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21213 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21215 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21216 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21218 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21220 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21221 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21223 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21225 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21226 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21228 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21230 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21231 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21233 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21235 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21236 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21238 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21239 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21240 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21241 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21243 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21244 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21245 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21246 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21247 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21248 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21249 file name.
21251 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21253 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21254 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21256 \(fn)" t nil)
21258 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21259 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21261 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21262 right.
21263 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21264 bottom.
21266 \(fn)" t nil)
21268 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21269 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21271 \(fn)" t nil)
21273 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21274 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21276 \(fn)" t nil)
21278 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21279 Toggle printing with faces.
21281 \(fn)" t nil)
21283 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21284 Toggle spooling.
21286 \(fn)" t nil)
21288 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21289 Toggle duplex.
21291 \(fn)" t nil)
21293 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21294 Toggle tumble.
21296 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21297 right.
21298 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21299 bottom.
21301 \(fn)" t nil)
21303 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21304 Toggle landscape.
21306 \(fn)" t nil)
21308 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21309 Toggle upside-down.
21311 \(fn)" t nil)
21313 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21314 Toggle line number.
21316 \(fn)" t nil)
21318 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21319 Toggle zebra stripes.
21321 \(fn)" t nil)
21323 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21324 Toggle printing header.
21326 \(fn)" t nil)
21328 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21329 Toggle printing header frame.
21331 \(fn)" t nil)
21333 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21334 Toggle menu lock.
21336 \(fn)" t nil)
21338 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21339 Toggle auto region.
21341 \(fn)" t nil)
21343 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21344 Toggle auto mode.
21346 \(fn)" t nil)
21348 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21349 Customization of the `printing' group.
21351 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21353 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21354 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21356 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21358 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21359 Help for the printing package.
21361 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21363 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21364 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21366 \(fn)" t nil)
21368 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21369 Interactively select a text printer.
21371 \(fn)" t nil)
21373 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21374 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21376 \(fn)" t nil)
21378 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21379 Show current ps-print settings.
21381 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21383 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21384 Show current printing settings.
21386 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21388 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21389 Show current lpr settings.
21391 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21393 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21394 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21396 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21397 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21398 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21399 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21402 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21404 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21405 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21406 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21408 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21409 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21410 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21411 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21412 current active printer.
21414 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21415 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21416 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21417 printer.
21419 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21420 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21421 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21422 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21423 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21426 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21427 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21429 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21431 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21432 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21433 be done using the new current active printer.
21435 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21436 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21437 printer.
21439 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21440 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21441 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21442 instead of sending it to the printer.
21444 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21445 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21446 printer.
21448 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21451 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21452 are both set to t.
21454 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21456 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21457 Fast fire function for text printing.
21459 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21460 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21461 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21462 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21464 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21465 user for a new active text printer.
21467 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21469 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21471 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21472 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21473 printer.
21475 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21477 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21478 are both set to t.
21480 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21482 ;;;***
21484 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19752 41642))
21485 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21487 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21488 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21489 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21490 information will be displayed but not selected.
21491 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21493 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21497 ;;;***
21499 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21500 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
21501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21503 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21504 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21505 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21506 Commands:
21507 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21508 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21509 if that value is non-nil.
21511 \(fn)" t nil)
21513 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21515 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21516 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21517 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21519 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21521 ;;;***
21523 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19752
21524 ;;;;;; 41642))
21525 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21527 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21528 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21529 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21531 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21533 ;;;***
21535 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19752
21536 ;;;;;; 41642))
21537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21539 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21540 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21542 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21544 The following variables hold user options, and can
21545 be set through the `customize' command:
21547 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21548 `ps-mode-tab'
21549 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21550 `ps-mode-print-function'
21551 `ps-run-prompt'
21552 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21553 `ps-run-x'
21554 `ps-run-dumb'
21555 `ps-run-init'
21556 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21557 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21559 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21562 \\{ps-mode-map}
21565 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21566 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21567 The keymap for this second window is:
21569 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21572 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21573 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21574 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21575 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21576 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21578 \(fn)" t nil)
21580 ;;;***
21582 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21583 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21584 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21585 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21586 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21587 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19752
21588 ;;;;;; 41899))
21589 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21591 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21592 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21593 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21595 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21597 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21598 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21599 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21600 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21602 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21604 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21605 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21607 Valid values are:
21609 nil Do not print colors.
21611 t Print colors.
21613 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21614 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21616 Any other value is treated as t.")
21618 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21620 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21621 Customization of ps-print group.
21623 \(fn)" t nil)
21625 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21626 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21628 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21629 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21630 sending it to the printer.
21632 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21633 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21634 image in a file with that name.
21636 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21638 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21639 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21640 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21641 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21642 so it has a way to determine color values.
21644 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21646 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21647 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21648 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21650 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21652 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21653 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21654 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21655 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21656 so it has a way to determine color values.
21658 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21660 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21661 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21662 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21663 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21665 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21667 \(fn)" t nil)
21669 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21670 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21671 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21672 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21673 so it has a way to determine color values.
21675 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21677 \(fn)" t nil)
21679 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21680 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21681 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21683 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21685 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21687 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21688 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21689 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21690 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21691 so it has a way to determine color values.
21693 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21695 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21697 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21698 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21700 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21701 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21702 instead of sending it to the printer.
21704 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21705 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21706 image in a file with that name.
21708 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21710 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21711 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21712 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21713 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21714 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21716 \(fn)" t nil)
21718 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21719 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21720 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21722 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21724 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21725 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21726 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21728 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21730 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21731 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21733 \(fn)" nil nil)
21735 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21736 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21738 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21739 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21741 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21742 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21744 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21746 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21748 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21750 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21751 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21753 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21754 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21756 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21757 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21759 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21761 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21763 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21765 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21766 foreground and background colors respectively.
21768 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21769 bold - use bold font.
21770 italic - use italic font.
21771 underline - put a line under text.
21772 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21773 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21774 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21775 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21776 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21778 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21780 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21782 ;;;***
21784 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21785 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19752 41642))
21786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21788 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
21790 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21792 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21794 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21795 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21796 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
21797 show the buffer automatically.
21799 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
21800 Python command line (default is `python-command').
21802 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
21803 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
21804 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
21805 switch to that buffer.
21807 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21808 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21809 process buffer for a list of commands.
21811 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
21812 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
21813 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
21815 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21817 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21818 Major mode for editing Python files.
21819 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21820 for correct parsing of the source.
21821 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21822 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21823 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21825 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21826 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21827 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21828 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21829 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21830 \\<python-mode-map>
21831 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21832 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21833 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21834 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21835 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21836 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21838 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21839 effect outside them.
21841 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21842 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21843 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21844 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21845 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21846 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21847 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21848 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21849 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21851 \\{python-mode-map}
21853 \(fn)" t nil)
21855 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21856 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21857 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21858 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21860 \(fn)" t nil)
21862 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21863 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21864 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21865 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21866 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21867 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21869 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21870 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21871 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21872 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21873 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21874 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21875 programmatically.
21877 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21878 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21879 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21880 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21881 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21883 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21884 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21885 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21886 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21887 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21888 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21889 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21890 mode.
21892 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21893 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21894 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21895 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21896 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21897 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21898 filter.
21900 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21902 ;;;***
21904 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21905 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
21906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21908 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21909 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21910 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21911 coding-system.
21913 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21914 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21916 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21917 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21918 them into characters should be done separately.
21920 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21922 ;;;***
21924 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21925 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21926 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21927 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21928 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19752 41642))
21929 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21931 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21932 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21934 \(fn)" nil nil)
21936 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21937 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21938 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21940 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21941 `quail-activate', which see.
21943 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21945 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21946 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21947 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21948 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21949 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21950 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21951 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21953 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21954 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21955 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21956 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21957 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21958 shown.
21959 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21961 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21962 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21963 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21964 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21965 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21966 list of candidates.
21968 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21969 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21970 command to be called.
21972 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21973 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21974 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21975 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21977 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21978 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21979 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21980 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21981 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21982 to t.
21984 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21985 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21986 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21987 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21989 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21990 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21991 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21992 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21994 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21995 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21996 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21997 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21998 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21999 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22001 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22002 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22003 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22004 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22005 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22006 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22008 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22009 covers Quail translation region.
22011 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22012 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22013 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22014 for it) is inserted.
22016 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22017 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22018 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22020 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22021 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22022 non-Quail commands.
22024 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22026 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22027 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22029 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22030 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22031 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22032 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22033 you type is correctly handled.
22035 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22037 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22038 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22040 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22041 keyboard type.
22043 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22045 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22046 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22047 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22048 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22049 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22050 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22051 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22052 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22053 for the translation.
22054 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22056 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22057 it is used to handle KEY.
22059 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22060 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22061 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22062 the following annotation types are supported.
22064 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22065 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22067 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22068 candidate list.
22070 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22071 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22072 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22073 inserted.
22075 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22076 generated for the following translations.
22078 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22080 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22081 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22083 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22084 which to install MAP.
22086 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22088 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22090 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22091 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22093 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22094 which to install MAP.
22096 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22098 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22100 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22101 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22102 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22103 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22104 a function, or a cons.
22105 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22106 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22107 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22108 for the translation.
22109 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22110 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22111 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22112 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22113 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22115 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22116 it is used to handle KEY.
22118 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22119 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22120 current Quail package.
22122 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22123 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22125 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22127 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22128 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22130 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22131 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22133 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22135 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22136 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22138 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22140 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22141 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22142 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22143 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22144 of the Emacs source tree.
22146 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22147 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22149 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22150 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22151 of each directory.
22153 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22155 ;;;***
22157 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22158 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22159 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19752
22160 ;;;;;; 41642))
22161 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22163 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22164 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22165 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22166 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22168 To make use of this do something like:
22170 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22172 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22174 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22175 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22177 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22178 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22179 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22181 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22183 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22184 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22186 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22188 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22189 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22191 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22192 is decided.
22194 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22196 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22197 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22199 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22200 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22201 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22203 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22205 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22206 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22208 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22210 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22211 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22213 \(fn)" t nil)
22215 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22216 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22218 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22220 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22222 \(fn)" t nil)
22224 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22225 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22227 \(fn)" t nil)
22229 ;;;***
22231 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22232 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19752 41642))
22233 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22235 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22236 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22238 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22240 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22242 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22244 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22246 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22247 Not documented
22249 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD)" nil nil)
22251 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22252 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22253 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22254 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22255 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22256 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22258 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22260 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22261 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22265 ;;;***
22267 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19752
22268 ;;;;;; 41642))
22269 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22271 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22272 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22273 See \\[compile].
22275 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22277 ;;;***
22279 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22280 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22283 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22285 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22286 Construct a regexp interactively.
22288 \(fn)" t nil)
22290 ;;;***
22292 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19752 41642))
22293 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22295 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22296 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22297 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22298 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22299 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22300 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22302 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22304 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22305 Toggle recentf mode.
22306 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22307 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22309 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22310 that were operated on recently.
22312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22314 ;;;***
22316 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22317 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22318 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22319 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19752
22320 ;;;;;; 41642))
22321 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22322 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22323 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22324 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22325 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22326 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22327 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22329 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22330 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22331 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22332 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22334 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22336 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22338 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22339 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22340 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22341 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22342 ends.
22344 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22345 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22346 to be deleted.
22348 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22350 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22351 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22352 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22354 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22355 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22356 deleted.
22358 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22360 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22361 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22362 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22364 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22366 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22367 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22369 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22370 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22372 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22373 deleted.
22375 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22376 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22377 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22378 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22379 even beep.)
22381 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22383 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22384 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22386 \(fn)" t nil)
22388 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22389 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22390 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22391 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22392 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22393 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22394 and point is at the lower right corner.
22396 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22398 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22399 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22401 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22402 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22404 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22405 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22406 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22408 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22410 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22412 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22413 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22414 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22415 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22416 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22418 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22419 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22421 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22423 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22424 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22425 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22427 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22429 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22431 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22433 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22434 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22436 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22437 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22438 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22440 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22442 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22443 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22444 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22446 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22447 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22448 rectangle which were empty.
22450 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22452 ;;;***
22454 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19752
22455 ;;;;;; 41642))
22456 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22458 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22459 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22460 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22462 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22463 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22464 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22468 ;;;***
22470 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22471 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19752 41642))
22472 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22474 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22475 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22477 \(fn)" nil nil)
22479 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22480 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22482 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22483 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22485 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22486 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22487 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22488 \\ref macro.
22490 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22491 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22492 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22494 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22495 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22496 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22498 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22499 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22501 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22502 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22504 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22505 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22506 on the menu bar.
22508 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22512 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22513 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22514 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22516 \(fn)" nil nil)
22518 ;;;***
22520 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22521 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22522 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22524 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22525 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22526 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22527 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22528 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22529 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22531 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22533 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22535 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22536 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22537 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22538 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22539 `reftex-cite-format'.
22541 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22542 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22543 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22544 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22546 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22548 ;;;***
22550 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22551 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22552 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22554 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22555 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22556 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22557 the current TeX document.
22559 With no argument, this command toggles
22560 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22561 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22565 ;;;***
22567 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22568 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22569 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22571 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22572 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22573 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22575 To insert new phrases, use
22576 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22577 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22579 To index phrases use one of:
22581 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22582 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22583 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22584 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22585 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22587 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22588 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22590 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22592 Here are all local bindings.
22594 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22596 \(fn)" t nil)
22598 ;;;***
22600 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22601 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22602 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22604 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22605 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22606 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22607 of master file.
22609 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22611 ;;;***
22613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19752
22614 ;;;;;; 41642))
22615 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22616 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22617 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22618 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22619 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22621 ;;;***
22623 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22624 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22627 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22628 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22629 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22630 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22631 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22632 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22634 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22635 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22637 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22638 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22640 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22642 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22643 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22644 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22645 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22647 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22649 ;;;***
22651 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22652 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22653 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22654 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22656 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22657 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22658 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22659 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22661 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22663 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22665 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22666 Call `remember' in another frame.
22668 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22670 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22671 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22672 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22673 application.
22675 \(fn)" t nil)
22677 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22678 Extract diary entries from the region.
22680 \(fn)" nil nil)
22682 ;;;***
22684 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19752 41642))
22685 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22687 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22688 Repeat most recently executed command.
22689 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22690 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22691 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22693 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22694 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22695 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22696 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22698 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22699 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22700 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22702 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22704 ;;;***
22706 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22707 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22708 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22710 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22711 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22713 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22714 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22715 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22716 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22717 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22718 and point is left after the salutation.
22720 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22721 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22722 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22723 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22724 left after that text.
22726 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22727 is non-nil.
22729 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22730 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22731 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22732 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22734 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22736 ;;;***
22738 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22739 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22740 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22742 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22743 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22744 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22745 visibility of comments that precede it.
22746 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22747 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22748 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22749 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22750 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22751 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22752 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22753 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22754 the comment lines.
22755 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22756 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22757 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22758 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22759 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22763 ;;;***
22765 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22766 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22767 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22769 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22770 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22771 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22773 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22774 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22775 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22779 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22780 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22781 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22783 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22784 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22786 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22788 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22789 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22790 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22792 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22793 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22794 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22798 ;;;***
22800 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22801 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
22802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22804 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22805 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22807 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22809 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22810 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22812 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22814 ;;;***
22816 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19752 41642))
22817 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22818 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
22820 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22821 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22822 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22823 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22825 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22827 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22828 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22829 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22830 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22832 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22833 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22835 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22836 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22838 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22839 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22840 INPUT-ARGS.
22842 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22843 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22844 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22845 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22846 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22848 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22849 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22850 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22851 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22853 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22854 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22855 variable.
22857 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22859 ;;;***
22861 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22862 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22863 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22864 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22865 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22866 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19752
22867 ;;;;;; 41899))
22868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22870 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22871 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22872 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22874 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22876 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22877 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22878 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22879 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22880 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22881 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22882 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22884 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22885 sent by you under different user names.
22886 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22888 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22890 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22892 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22893 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22894 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22895 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22896 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22898 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22899 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22901 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22903 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
22904 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22905 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22906 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22907 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22908 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22909 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22911 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22912 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22913 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22914 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22915 which normally happens once for each message,
22916 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22917 To make a change in this variable take effect
22918 for a message that you have already viewed,
22919 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22921 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22923 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22924 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22925 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22926 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22928 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22930 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
22931 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22933 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22935 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22936 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22937 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22939 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22941 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22942 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22943 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22944 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22945 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22946 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22948 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22950 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22951 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22953 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22955 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22956 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22958 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22960 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22961 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22963 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22964 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22966 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22968 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22969 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22971 This is set to nil by default.")
22973 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22974 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22975 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22976 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22977 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22978 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22979 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22981 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22982 Read and edit incoming mail.
22983 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22984 file in RMAIL Mode.
22985 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22987 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22988 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22989 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22990 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22992 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22994 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22996 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22997 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22998 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22999 Instead, these commands are available:
23001 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23002 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23003 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23004 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23005 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23006 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23007 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23008 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23009 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23010 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23011 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23012 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23013 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23014 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23015 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23016 till a deleted message is found.
23017 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23018 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23019 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23020 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23021 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23022 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23023 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23024 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23025 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23026 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23027 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23028 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23029 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23030 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23031 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23032 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23033 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23034 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23035 (label defaults to last one specified).
23036 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23037 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23038 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23039 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23040 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23041 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23042 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23043 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23044 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23046 \(fn)" t nil)
23048 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23049 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23051 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23053 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23054 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23056 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23058 ;;;***
23060 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23061 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19752 41642))
23062 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23063 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23065 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23066 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23067 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23068 case it writes Babyl.
23070 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23071 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23072 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23073 `rmail-default-file'.
23075 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23076 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23077 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23079 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23080 the header display is currently pruned.
23082 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23083 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23084 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23085 messages after output.
23087 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23088 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23089 message (if writing a file directly).
23091 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23092 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23094 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23096 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23097 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23098 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23099 i) the header is output as currently seen
23100 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23101 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23103 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23104 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23105 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23107 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23109 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23110 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23111 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23112 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23113 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23114 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23115 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23117 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23118 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23119 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23121 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23123 ;;;***
23125 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23126 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23127 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23129 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23130 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23131 Return a pattern.
23133 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23135 ;;;***
23137 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23138 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23139 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23141 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23142 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23143 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23144 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23146 \(fn)" t nil)
23148 ;;;***
23150 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23151 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23152 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23154 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23155 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23157 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23158 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23159 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23160 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23161 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23162 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23163 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23164 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23165 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23166 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23168 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23169 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23170 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23171 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23172 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23173 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23174 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23175 to use for finding the schema.
23177 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23179 ;;;***
23181 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19752
23182 ;;;;;; 41642))
23183 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23185 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23187 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23188 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23189 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23190 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23191 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23192 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23193 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23194 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23195 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23196 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23197 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23198 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23199 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23200 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23201 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23202 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23203 must be equal.
23205 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23207 ;;;***
23209 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23210 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19752 41642))
23211 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23213 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23214 Define a robin package.
23216 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23217 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23218 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23219 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23221 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23222 one replaces the old one.
23224 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23226 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23227 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23229 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23230 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23231 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23233 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23235 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23236 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23238 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23240 ;;;***
23242 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23243 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19752 41642))
23244 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23246 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23247 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23249 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23251 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23252 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23254 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23256 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23257 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23259 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23261 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23262 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23263 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23265 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23266 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23267 in ROT13.
23269 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23271 \(fn)" t nil)
23273 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23274 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23276 \(fn)" t nil)
23278 ;;;***
23280 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23281 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23282 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23283 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23285 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23286 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23287 \\<rst-mode-map>
23288 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23289 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23290 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23291 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23292 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23294 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23295 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23296 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23297 font-locking of blocks.
23299 \\{rst-mode-map}
23301 \(fn)" t nil)
23303 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23304 ReST Minor Mode.
23305 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23306 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23307 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23308 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23310 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23311 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23312 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23316 ;;;***
23318 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23319 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23320 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23322 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23323 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23324 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23325 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23326 nesting into account.
23328 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23330 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23332 \(fn)" t nil)
23334 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23336 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23338 ;;;***
23340 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19752
23341 ;;;;;; 41642))
23342 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23344 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23345 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23349 ;;;***
23351 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19752
23352 ;;;;;; 41642))
23353 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23355 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23356 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23357 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23358 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23360 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23362 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23363 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23364 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23366 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23367 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23368 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23370 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23371 notation.
23373 STRING
23374 matches string STRING literally.
23376 CHAR
23377 matches character CHAR literally.
23379 `not-newline', `nonl'
23380 matches any character except a newline.
23382 `anything'
23383 matches any character
23385 `(any SET ...)'
23386 `(in SET ...)'
23387 `(char SET ...)'
23388 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23389 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23390 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23392 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23393 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23394 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23395 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23397 `(not (any SET ...))'
23398 matches any character not in SET ...
23400 `line-start', `bol'
23401 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23402 in the text being matched
23404 `line-end', `eol'
23405 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23407 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23408 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23409 string being matched against.
23411 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23412 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23413 string being matched against.
23415 `buffer-start'
23416 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23417 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23419 `buffer-end'
23420 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23421 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23423 `point'
23424 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23426 `word-start', `bow'
23427 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23429 `word-end', `eow'
23430 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23432 `word-boundary'
23433 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23434 word.
23436 `(not word-boundary)'
23437 `not-word-boundary'
23438 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23439 word.
23441 `symbol-start'
23442 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23444 `symbol-end'
23445 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23447 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23448 matches 0 through 9.
23450 `control', `cntrl'
23451 matches ASCII control characters.
23453 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23454 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23456 `blank'
23457 matches space and tab only.
23459 `graphic', `graph'
23460 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23461 space, and DEL.
23463 `printing', `print'
23464 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23465 and DEL.
23467 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23468 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23469 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23471 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23472 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23473 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23475 `ascii'
23476 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23478 `nonascii'
23479 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23481 `lower', `lower-case'
23482 matches anything lower-case.
23484 `upper', `upper-case'
23485 matches anything upper-case.
23487 `punctuation', `punct'
23488 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23489 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23491 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23492 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23494 `word', `wordchar'
23495 matches anything that has word syntax.
23497 `not-wordchar'
23498 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23500 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23501 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23502 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23503 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23505 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23506 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23507 `word' (\\sw)
23508 `symbol' (\\s_)
23509 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23510 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23511 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23512 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23513 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23514 `escape' (\\s\\)
23515 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23516 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23517 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23518 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23519 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23521 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23522 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23524 `(category CATEGORY)'
23525 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23526 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23528 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23529 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23530 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23531 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23532 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23533 `symbol' (\\c5)
23534 `digit' (\\c6)
23535 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23536 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23537 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23538 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23539 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23540 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23541 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23542 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23543 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23544 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23545 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23546 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23547 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23548 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23549 `ascii' (\\ca)
23550 `arabic' (\\cb)
23551 `chinese' (\\cc)
23552 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23553 `greek' (\\cg)
23554 `korean' (\\ch)
23555 `indian' (\\ci)
23556 `japanese' (\\cj)
23557 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23558 `latin' (\\cl)
23559 `lao' (\\co)
23560 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23561 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23562 `thai' (\\ct)
23563 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23564 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23565 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23566 `can-break' (\\c|)
23568 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23569 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23571 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23572 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23573 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23574 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23575 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23577 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23578 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23579 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23580 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23582 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23583 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23584 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23585 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23586 regular expression.
23588 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23589 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23590 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23591 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23592 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23594 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23595 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23597 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23598 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23600 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23601 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23602 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23604 `(* SEXP ...)'
23605 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23606 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23608 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23609 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23610 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23612 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23613 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23614 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23616 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23617 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23619 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23620 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23622 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23623 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23624 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23625 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23627 `(? SEXP ...)'
23628 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23630 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23631 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23633 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23634 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23635 matches N occurrences.
23637 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23638 matches N or more occurrences.
23640 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23641 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23642 matches N to M occurrences.
23644 `(backref N)'
23645 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23647 `(eval FORM)'
23648 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23649 `regexp-quote' it.
23651 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23652 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23654 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23656 ;;;***
23658 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23659 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23660 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23662 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23663 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23664 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23665 interface.")
23667 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23669 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23670 Toggle savehist-mode.
23671 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23672 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23673 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23674 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23676 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23677 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23678 which is probably undesirable.
23680 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23682 ;;;***
23684 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23685 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23688 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23689 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23690 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23692 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23693 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23694 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23695 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23696 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23697 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23698 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23699 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23701 Commands:
23702 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23703 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23704 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23705 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23706 if that value is non-nil.
23708 \(fn)" t nil)
23710 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23711 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23712 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23714 Commands:
23715 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23716 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23717 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23718 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23719 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23720 that variable's value is a string.
23722 \(fn)" t nil)
23724 ;;;***
23726 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23727 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23730 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23731 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23732 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23734 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23736 \(fn)" t nil)
23738 ;;;***
23740 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23741 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23744 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23745 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23746 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23749 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23751 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23753 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23754 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23755 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23756 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23757 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23761 ;;;***
23763 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23764 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
23765 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23767 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23768 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23769 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23770 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23771 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23772 during scrolling.
23774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23776 ;;;***
23778 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23779 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19752 41642))
23780 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23782 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23783 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23784 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23786 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23787 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23788 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23789 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23790 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23791 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23792 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23793 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23794 keybinding for tag names.")
23796 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23798 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23799 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23800 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23803 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23805 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23807 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23808 Toggle Semantic mode.
23809 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23811 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23812 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23813 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23814 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23815 Semantic mode.
23817 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23821 ;;;***
23823 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23824 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23825 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23826 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23827 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23828 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23829 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23830 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23831 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19757 4673))
23832 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23834 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23835 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23837 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23838 king@grassland.com
23839 If `parens', they look like:
23840 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23841 If `angles', they look like:
23842 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23844 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23845 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23847 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23849 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23850 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23851 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23852 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23854 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23855 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23856 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23857 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23859 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23861 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23862 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23863 This is done when the message is initialized,
23864 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23866 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23868 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23869 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23870 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23872 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23874 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23876 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23877 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23878 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23879 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23880 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23881 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23882 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23884 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23885 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
23887 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23888 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23890 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23892 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23893 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23894 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23895 be a Babyl file.")
23897 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23899 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23900 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23901 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23902 when you first send mail.")
23904 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23906 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23907 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23908 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23909 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23910 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23912 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23914 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23915 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23916 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23917 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23918 This file need not actually exist.")
23920 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23922 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23923 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23925 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23927 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23928 Alist of mail address aliases,
23929 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23930 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23931 can specify a different file name.)
23932 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23933 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23935 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23936 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23937 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23939 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23941 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23942 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23943 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23945 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23947 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23948 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23949 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23950 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23951 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23952 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23953 in the cited portion of the message.
23955 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23956 instead of no action.")
23958 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23960 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|}]\\)+") "\
23961 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23962 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23963 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23964 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23966 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23968 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23969 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23970 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23971 If a string, that string is inserted.
23972 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23973 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23974 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23975 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23977 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23979 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23980 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23982 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23984 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23985 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23986 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23988 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23989 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23991 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23993 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23994 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23995 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23996 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23998 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24000 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24001 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24002 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24003 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24004 is non-nil.")
24006 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24008 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24009 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24010 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24011 `query' means ask the user each time.
24012 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24013 The default is `mime'.
24014 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24015 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24017 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24019 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24020 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24021 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24023 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24024 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24026 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24027 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24028 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24029 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24030 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24031 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24032 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24033 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24034 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24035 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24036 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24037 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24038 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24040 \(fn)" t nil)
24042 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24043 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24044 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24045 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24047 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24049 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24050 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24051 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24052 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24053 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24054 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24056 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24057 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24058 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24060 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24061 User should not set this variable manually,
24062 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24063 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24064 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24065 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24067 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24068 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24069 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24070 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24072 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24073 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24075 \\<mail-mode-map>
24076 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24078 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24079 to move to message header fields:
24080 \\{mail-mode-map}
24082 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24083 when the message is initialized.
24085 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24086 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24088 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24089 is inserted.
24091 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24092 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24094 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24095 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24096 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24097 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24098 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24099 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24100 buffer without erasing the contents.
24102 The second through fifth arguments,
24103 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24104 the initial contents of those header fields.
24105 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24106 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24107 original message being replied to, or else an action
24108 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24109 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24110 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24111 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24112 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24113 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24115 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24117 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24118 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24120 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24122 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24123 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24125 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24127 ;;;***
24129 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24130 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19752
24131 ;;;;;; 41642))
24132 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24134 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24135 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24136 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24137 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24138 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24139 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24141 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24142 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24144 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24145 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24146 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24148 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24149 \\[server-start].
24151 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24153 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24154 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24155 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24156 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24158 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24160 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24161 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24162 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24163 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24164 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24165 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24167 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24169 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24170 Toggle Server mode.
24171 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24172 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24173 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24177 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24178 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24179 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24181 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24182 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24184 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24186 ;;;***
24188 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19752 41642))
24189 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24191 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24192 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24193 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24195 Key definitions:
24196 \\{ses-mode-map}
24197 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24198 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24199 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24200 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24202 \(fn)" t nil)
24204 ;;;***
24206 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24207 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
24208 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24210 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24211 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24212 Makes > match <.
24213 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24214 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24216 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24217 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24218 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24220 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24221 in your `.emacs' file.
24223 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24225 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24226 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24227 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24229 \(fn)" t nil)
24231 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24232 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24233 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24234 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24235 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24236 which this is based.
24238 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24240 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24241 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24242 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24243 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24245 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24246 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24247 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24249 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24250 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24251 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24252 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24254 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24255 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24256 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24257 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24259 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24261 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24262 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24263 To work around that, do:
24264 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24266 \\{html-mode-map}
24268 \(fn)" t nil)
24270 ;;;***
24272 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24273 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
24274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24275 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24277 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24278 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24279 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24280 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24281 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24282 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24284 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24285 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24286 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24287 shell-specific features.
24289 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24290 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24291 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24292 \\<sh-mode-map>
24293 \\[sh-case] case statement
24294 \\[sh-for] for loop
24295 \\[sh-function] function definition
24296 \\[sh-if] if statement
24297 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24298 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24299 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24300 \\[sh-select] select loop
24301 \\[sh-until] until loop
24302 \\[sh-while] while loop
24304 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24305 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24306 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24307 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24308 would indent to the way it currently is.
24309 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24310 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24313 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24314 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24315 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24316 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24317 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24318 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24320 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24321 {, (, [, ', \", `
24322 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24324 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24325 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24326 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24328 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24329 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24331 \(fn)" t nil)
24333 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24335 ;;;***
24337 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19752 41642))
24338 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24340 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24341 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24342 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24343 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24344 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24345 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24347 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24349 ;;;***
24351 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24352 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
24353 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24355 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24356 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24358 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24359 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24360 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24362 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24363 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24364 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24365 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24366 the earlier.
24368 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24370 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24372 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24373 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24374 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24376 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24377 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24379 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24380 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24381 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24382 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24383 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24384 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24385 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24386 Emacs version).
24388 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24389 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24390 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24391 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24392 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24394 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24395 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24397 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24399 ;;;***
24401 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24402 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19752
24403 ;;;;;; 41642))
24404 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24406 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24407 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24408 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24409 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24410 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24411 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24412 sites in the cluster.
24414 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24416 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24417 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24418 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24419 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24420 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24422 \(fn)" t nil)
24424 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24425 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24426 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24427 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24428 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24429 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24430 `shadow-define-cluster').
24432 \(fn)" t nil)
24434 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24435 Set up file shadowing.
24437 \(fn)" t nil)
24439 ;;;***
24441 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24442 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
24443 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24445 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24446 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24447 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24448 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24449 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24450 arguments.")
24452 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24454 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24455 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24456 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24457 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24458 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24460 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24461 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24462 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24463 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24464 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24465 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24466 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24467 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24468 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24469 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24470 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24472 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24473 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24474 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24475 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24476 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24477 `default-process-coding-system'.
24479 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24480 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24481 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24482 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24484 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24486 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24487 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
24489 ;;;***
24491 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24492 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19752 41642))
24493 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24495 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24496 Not documented
24498 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24500 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24501 Not documented
24503 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24505 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24506 Not documented
24508 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24510 ;;;***
24512 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24513 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
24514 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24516 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24517 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24518 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24519 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24520 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24522 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24524 \(fn)" t nil)
24526 ;;;***
24528 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19752
24529 ;;;;;; 41642))
24530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24532 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24533 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24534 \\{simula-mode-map}
24535 Variables controlling indentation style:
24536 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24537 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24538 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24539 `simula-indent-level'
24540 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24541 `simula-substatement-offset'
24542 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24543 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24544 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24545 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24546 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24547 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24548 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24549 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24550 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24551 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24552 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24553 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24554 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24555 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24556 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24557 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24558 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24559 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24560 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24561 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24562 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24563 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24564 or nil if they should not be changed.
24565 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24566 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24567 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24568 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24570 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24571 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24573 \(fn)" t nil)
24575 ;;;***
24577 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24578 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19752 41642))
24579 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24581 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24582 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24584 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24585 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24586 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24587 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24589 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24591 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24592 Insert SKELETON.
24593 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24594 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24595 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24596 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24597 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24599 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24600 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24602 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24604 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24605 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24607 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24608 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24609 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24610 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24612 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24613 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24614 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24615 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24617 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24618 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24619 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24621 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24622 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24624 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24625 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24627 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24628 _ interesting point, interregion here
24629 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24630 interesting point set by _
24631 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24632 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24633 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24634 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24635 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24636 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24637 nil skipped
24639 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24640 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24642 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24643 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24644 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24645 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24646 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24647 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24648 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24649 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24651 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24652 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24653 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24654 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24655 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24656 available:
24658 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24659 then: insert previously read string once more
24660 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24661 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24662 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24664 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24665 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24667 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24669 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24670 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24672 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24673 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24674 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24675 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24676 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24677 such as backslash.
24679 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24680 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24681 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24683 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24685 ;;;***
24687 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24688 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19752 41642))
24689 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24691 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24692 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24693 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24694 buffer names.
24696 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24698 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24699 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24700 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24704 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24705 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24706 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24708 \(fn)" t nil)
24710 ;;;***
24712 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24713 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
24714 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24716 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24717 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24718 A list of images is returned.
24720 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24722 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24723 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24724 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24726 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24728 ;;;***
24730 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24731 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19752 41642))
24732 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24734 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24735 Not documented
24737 \(fn)" nil nil)
24739 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24740 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24742 \(fn)" t nil)
24744 ;;;***
24746 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19752 41642))
24747 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24749 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24750 Play the Snake game.
24751 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24753 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24755 Snake mode keybindings:
24756 \\<snake-mode-map>
24757 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24758 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24759 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24760 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24761 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24762 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24763 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24765 \(fn)" t nil)
24767 ;;;***
24769 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24770 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
24771 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24773 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24774 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24775 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24776 Tab indents for C code.
24777 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24778 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24779 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24780 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24781 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24783 \(fn)" t nil)
24785 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24786 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24787 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24788 Tab indents for C code.
24789 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24790 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24791 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24792 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24793 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24795 \(fn)" t nil)
24797 ;;;***
24799 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19752
24800 ;;;;;; 41642))
24801 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24803 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24804 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24805 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24806 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24807 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24809 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24813 ;;;***
24815 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19752
24816 ;;;;;; 41642))
24817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24819 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24820 Play Solitaire.
24822 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24823 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24824 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24825 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24826 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24827 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24828 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24829 check after each move or undo.)
24831 What is Solitaire?
24833 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24834 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24835 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24837 Le Solitaire
24838 ============
24840 o o o
24842 o o o
24844 o o o o o o o
24846 o o o . o o o
24848 o o o o o o o
24850 o o o
24852 o o o
24854 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24855 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24856 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24857 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24859 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24860 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24861 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24862 this: o o .
24864 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24865 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24867 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24869 o o o
24871 . o o
24873 o o . o o o o
24875 o . o o o o o
24877 o o o o o o o
24879 o o o
24881 o o o
24883 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24885 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24887 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24889 ;;;***
24891 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24892 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24893 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19752 41642))
24894 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24895 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24897 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24898 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24900 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24901 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24902 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24903 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24904 contiguous.
24906 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24907 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24908 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24909 the sort order.
24911 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24912 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24914 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24915 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24916 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24917 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24918 is called.
24920 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24921 It should move point to the end of the record.
24923 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24924 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24925 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24926 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24927 starts at the beginning of the record.
24929 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24930 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24931 same as ENDRECFUN.
24933 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24934 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24936 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24938 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24939 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24940 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24941 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24942 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24943 the sort order.
24945 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24947 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24948 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24949 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24950 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24951 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24952 the sort order.
24954 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24956 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24957 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24958 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24959 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24960 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24961 the sort order.
24963 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24964 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24966 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24967 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24968 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24969 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24970 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24971 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24972 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24973 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24974 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24976 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24978 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24979 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24980 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24981 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24982 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24983 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24984 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24985 the sort order.
24987 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24989 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24990 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24991 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24992 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24993 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24994 is to be used for sorting.
24995 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24996 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24997 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24998 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24999 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25001 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25003 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25004 the sort order.
25006 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25007 starting with the letter \"f\",
25008 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25010 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25012 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25013 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25014 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25015 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25016 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25017 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25018 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25019 the sort order.
25021 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25022 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25023 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25024 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25025 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25027 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25029 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25030 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25031 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25033 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25035 ;;;***
25037 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19752
25038 ;;;;;; 41642))
25039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25041 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25042 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25043 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25044 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25045 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25046 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25048 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25050 ;;;***
25052 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25053 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25054 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19752 41642))
25055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25057 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25058 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25060 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25061 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25062 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25064 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25066 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25067 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25068 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25069 server.
25071 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25073 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25074 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25075 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25077 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25079 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25080 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25081 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25082 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25083 Agent is plugged.
25085 \(fn)" t nil)
25087 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25088 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25089 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25090 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25092 \(fn)" t nil)
25094 ;;;***
25096 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25097 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19752 41642))
25098 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25100 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25102 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25103 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25104 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25105 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25106 supported at a time.
25107 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25108 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25112 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25113 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25114 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25115 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25117 \(fn)" t nil)
25119 ;;;***
25121 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25122 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19752 41642))
25123 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25125 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25127 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25128 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25129 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25130 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25131 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25132 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25134 \(fn)" t nil)
25136 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25138 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25139 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25140 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25141 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25143 \(fn)" t nil)
25145 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25147 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25148 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25149 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25150 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25151 for example, \"word\".
25153 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25155 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25157 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25158 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25160 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25162 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25164 ;;;***
25166 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19752
25167 ;;;;;; 41642))
25168 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25170 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25171 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25173 \(fn)" t nil)
25175 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25176 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25178 \(fn)" nil nil)
25180 ;;;***
25182 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25183 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25184 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25185 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19752
25186 ;;;;;; 41642))
25187 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25189 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25190 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25192 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25193 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25194 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25195 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25196 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25197 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25198 of the current highlighting list.
25200 For example:
25202 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25203 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25205 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25206 `_t' as data types.
25208 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25210 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25211 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25213 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25214 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25216 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25218 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25219 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25220 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25222 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25224 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25225 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25226 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25227 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25228 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25229 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25230 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25231 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25232 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25234 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25236 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25237 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25238 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25239 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25241 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25242 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25243 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25244 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25246 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25247 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25248 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25250 \(fn)" t nil)
25252 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25253 Major mode to edit SQL.
25255 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25256 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25257 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25259 \\{sql-mode-map}
25260 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25262 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25263 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25264 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25265 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25266 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25267 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25269 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25270 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25272 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25273 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25274 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25276 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25277 (lambda ()
25278 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25280 \(fn)" t nil)
25282 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25283 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25285 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25286 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25288 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25290 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25292 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25293 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25295 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25296 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25297 `*SQL*'.
25299 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25300 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25301 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25302 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25304 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25305 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25307 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25308 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25309 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25310 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25311 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25312 `default-process-coding-system'.
25314 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25316 \(fn)" t nil)
25318 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25319 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25321 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25322 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25323 `*SQL*'.
25325 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25326 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25327 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25328 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25330 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25331 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25333 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25334 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25335 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25336 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25337 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25338 `default-process-coding-system'.
25340 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25342 \(fn)" t nil)
25344 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25345 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25347 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25348 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25349 `*SQL*'.
25351 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25352 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25354 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25355 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25357 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25358 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25359 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25360 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25361 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25362 `default-process-coding-system'.
25364 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25366 \(fn)" t nil)
25368 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25369 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25371 SQLite is free software.
25373 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25374 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25375 `*SQL*'.
25377 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25378 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25379 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25380 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25382 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25383 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25385 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25386 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25387 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25388 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25389 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25390 `default-process-coding-system'.
25392 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25394 \(fn)" t nil)
25396 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25397 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25399 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25401 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25402 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25403 `*SQL*'.
25405 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25406 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25407 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25408 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25410 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25411 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25413 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25414 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25415 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25416 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25417 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25418 `default-process-coding-system'.
25420 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25422 \(fn)" t nil)
25424 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25425 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25427 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25428 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25429 `*SQL*'.
25431 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25432 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25433 defaults, if set.
25435 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25436 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25438 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25439 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25440 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25441 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25442 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25443 `default-process-coding-system'.
25445 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25447 \(fn)" t nil)
25449 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25450 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25452 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25453 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25454 `*SQL*'.
25456 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25457 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25459 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25460 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25462 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25463 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25464 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25465 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25466 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25467 `default-process-coding-system'.
25469 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25471 \(fn)" t nil)
25473 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25474 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25476 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25477 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25478 `*SQL*'.
25480 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25481 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25482 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25483 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25485 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25486 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25488 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25489 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25490 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25491 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25492 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25493 `default-process-coding-system'.
25495 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25497 \(fn)" t nil)
25499 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25500 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25502 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25503 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25504 `*SQL*'.
25506 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25507 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25508 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25509 `sql-postgres-options'.
25511 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25512 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25514 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25515 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25516 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25517 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25518 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25519 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25520 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25521 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25523 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25524 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25526 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25528 \(fn)" t nil)
25530 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25531 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25533 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25534 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25535 `*SQL*'.
25537 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25538 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25539 defaults, if set.
25541 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25542 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25544 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25545 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25546 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25547 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25548 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25549 `default-process-coding-system'.
25551 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25553 \(fn)" t nil)
25555 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25556 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25558 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25559 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25560 `*SQL*'.
25562 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25563 automatic login.
25565 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25566 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25568 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25569 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25570 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25571 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25573 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25574 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25575 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25576 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25577 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25578 `default-process-coding-system'.
25580 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25582 \(fn)" t nil)
25584 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25585 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25587 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25588 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25589 `*SQL*'.
25591 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25592 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25593 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25594 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25595 parameters.
25597 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25598 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25599 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25600 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25601 an empty password.
25603 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25604 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25606 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25608 \(fn)" t nil)
25610 ;;;***
25612 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25613 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
25614 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25616 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25617 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25619 \(fn)" t nil)
25621 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25623 ;;;***
25625 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25626 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25627 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25628 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25629 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19752
25630 ;;;;;; 41642))
25631 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25633 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25634 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25635 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25636 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25637 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25638 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25640 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25642 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25644 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25645 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25646 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25647 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25648 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25649 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25650 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25652 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25654 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25655 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25656 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25657 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25658 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25659 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25660 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25662 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25664 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25665 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25666 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25668 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25670 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25671 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25672 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25674 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25676 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25677 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25679 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25681 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25682 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25684 \(fn)" t nil)
25686 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25687 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25689 \(fn)" t nil)
25691 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25692 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25693 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25694 chronologically by command name.
25695 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25697 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25699 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25700 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25701 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25702 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25703 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25704 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25706 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25708 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25709 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25710 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25711 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25712 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25713 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25714 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25716 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25717 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25718 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25719 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25721 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25725 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25726 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25727 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25728 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25730 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25732 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25733 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25735 \(fn)" t nil)
25737 ;;;***
25739 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25740 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19636 58496))
25741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25743 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25744 Studlify-case the region.
25746 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25748 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25749 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25751 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25753 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25754 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25756 \(fn)" t nil)
25758 ;;;***
25760 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25761 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
25762 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25764 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25765 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
25766 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
25767 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
25768 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
25769 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
25770 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
25771 Here are some examples:
25773 Nomenclature Subwords
25774 ===========================================================
25775 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25776 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25777 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25779 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25780 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25781 as words.
25783 \\{subword-mode-map}
25785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25787 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25788 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25789 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25791 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25792 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25794 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25796 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25797 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
25798 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
25799 ARG is positive.
25800 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25801 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25802 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25806 ;;;***
25808 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25809 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
25810 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25812 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25813 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25814 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25815 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25816 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25817 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25818 original message but it does require a few things:
25820 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25822 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25823 reply buffer.
25825 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25826 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25827 original message.
25829 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25831 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25833 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25834 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25835 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25837 \(fn)" nil nil)
25839 ;;;***
25841 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19752
25842 ;;;;;; 41642))
25843 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25845 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25847 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25848 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25849 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25850 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25851 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25852 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25854 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25856 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25857 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25858 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25859 otherwise turn it off.
25861 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25862 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25863 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25867 ;;;***
25869 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19752 41642))
25870 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25872 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25873 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25874 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25875 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25876 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25878 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25880 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25881 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25882 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25883 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25884 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25885 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25886 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25888 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25890 ;;;***
25892 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25893 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25894 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25895 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25896 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25897 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25898 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25899 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25900 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25901 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25902 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25903 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25904 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19752 41642))
25905 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25907 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25908 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25909 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25911 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25913 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25914 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25916 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25918 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25919 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25921 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25923 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25924 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25926 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25928 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25929 Insert an editable text table.
25930 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25931 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25932 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25933 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25934 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25935 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25936 delimiting them.
25938 Examples:
25940 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25942 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25943 location of point.
25947 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25948 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25949 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25950 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25951 first cell.
25953 +-----+-----+-----+
25954 |-!- | | |
25955 +-----+-----+-----+
25957 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25959 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25960 width, which results as
25962 +--------------+-----+-----+
25963 |-!- | | |
25964 +--------------+-----+-----+
25966 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25967 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25969 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25970 | | |-!- |
25971 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25973 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25974 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25975 width information to `table-insert'.
25977 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25979 instead of
25981 Cell width(s): 5
25983 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25984 work all together.
25986 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25987 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25989 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25990 |-!- | | |
25991 | | | |
25992 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25994 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25996 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25997 |-!- | | |
25998 | | | |
25999 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26000 | | | |
26001 | | | |
26002 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26004 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26006 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26007 | | | |
26008 | | | |
26009 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26010 | | | |
26011 | | | |
26012 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26015 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26016 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26017 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26019 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26020 | | | |
26021 | | | |
26022 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26023 | | | |
26024 | | | |
26025 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26026 |-!- | | |
26027 | | | |
26028 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26030 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26031 results.
26033 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26034 | | | |
26035 | | | |
26036 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26037 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26038 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26039 | | |expected results.-!- |
26040 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26041 | | | |
26042 | | | |
26043 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26045 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26047 \\{table-cell-map}
26049 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26051 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26052 Insert N table row(s).
26053 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26054 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26055 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26056 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26058 \(fn N)" t nil)
26060 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26061 Insert N table column(s).
26062 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26063 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26064 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26065 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26067 \(fn N)" t nil)
26069 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26070 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26071 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26073 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26075 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26076 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26077 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26078 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26079 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26080 all the table specific features.
26082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26084 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26085 Not documented
26087 \(fn)" t nil)
26089 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26090 Recognize all tables within region.
26091 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26092 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26093 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26094 specific features.
26096 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26098 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26099 Not documented
26101 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26103 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26104 Recognize a table at point.
26105 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26106 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26107 the table specific features.
26109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26111 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26112 Not documented
26114 \(fn)" t nil)
26116 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26117 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26118 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26119 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26120 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26121 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26122 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26124 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26126 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26127 Not documented
26129 \(fn)" t nil)
26131 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26132 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26133 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26134 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26135 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26136 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26137 specified.
26139 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26141 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26142 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26143 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26144 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26145 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26146 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26147 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26148 table structure.
26150 \(fn N)" t nil)
26152 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26153 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26154 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26155 table's rectangle structure.
26157 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26159 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26160 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26161 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26162 table's rectangle structure.
26164 \(fn N)" t nil)
26166 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26167 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26168 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26169 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26170 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26172 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26174 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26175 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26176 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26178 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26179 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26180 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26181 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26182 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26183 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26184 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26186 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26187 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26188 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26189 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26190 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26191 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26192 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26194 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26195 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26196 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26197 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26198 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26199 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26200 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26201 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26203 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26205 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26206 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26207 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26208 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26212 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26213 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26214 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26216 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26218 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26219 Split current cell vertically.
26220 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26222 \(fn)" t nil)
26224 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26225 Split current cell horizontally.
26226 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26228 \(fn)" t nil)
26230 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26231 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26232 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26234 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26236 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26237 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26238 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26239 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26241 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26243 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26244 Justify cell contents.
26245 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26246 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26247 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26248 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26250 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26252 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26253 Justify cells of a row.
26254 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26255 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26257 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26259 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26260 Justify cells of a column.
26261 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26262 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26264 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26266 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26267 Toggle fixing width mode.
26268 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26269 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26270 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26274 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26275 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26276 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26277 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26278 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26279 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26280 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26281 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26282 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26283 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26284 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26286 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26288 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26289 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26290 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26291 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26292 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26293 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26294 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26295 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26296 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26297 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26298 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26299 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26300 untouched.
26302 References used for this implementation:
26304 HTML:
26305 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26307 LaTeX:
26308 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26310 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26311 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26312 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26314 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26316 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26317 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26318 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26319 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26320 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26321 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26322 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26323 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26324 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26325 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26326 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26327 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26328 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26329 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26330 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26331 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26332 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26334 Example:
26336 (progn
26337 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26338 (table-forward-cell 15)
26339 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26340 (table-forward-cell 16)
26341 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26342 (table-forward-cell 1)
26343 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26345 (progn
26346 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26347 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26348 (table-forward-cell 1)
26349 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26351 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26353 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26354 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26355 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26356 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26357 consists from cells of same height.
26359 \(fn N)" t nil)
26361 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26362 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26363 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26364 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26365 column must consists from cells of same width.
26367 \(fn N)" t nil)
26369 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26370 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26371 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26372 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26373 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26374 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26375 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26376 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26377 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26378 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26379 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26380 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26381 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26382 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26383 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26386 Example 1:
26388 1, 2, 3, 4
26389 5, 6, 7, 8
26390 , 9, 10
26392 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26393 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26394 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26395 specified as 5.
26397 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26398 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26399 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26400 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26401 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26402 | | 9 | 10 | |
26403 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26405 Note:
26407 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26408 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26409 of each row is optional.
26412 Example 2:
26414 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26415 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26416 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26417 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26418 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26420 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26421 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26423 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26424 expression and raw delimiter regular
26425 expression, it parses the specified text
26426 area and extracts cell items from
26427 non-table text and then forms a table out
26428 of them.
26430 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26431 creates a single cell table. The text in
26432 the specified region is placed in that
26433 cell.-*-
26435 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26436 like this.
26438 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26439 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26440 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26442 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26443 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26444 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26445 | area and extracts cell items from |
26446 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26447 | of them. |
26449 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26450 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26451 | the specified region is placed in that |
26452 | cell. |
26453 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26455 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26456 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26457 independently.
26459 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26460 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26461 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26462 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26463 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26464 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26465 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26466 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26467 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26468 | |of them. |
26469 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26470 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26471 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26472 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26473 | |cell. |
26474 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26476 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26477 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26478 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26480 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26482 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26483 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26484 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26485 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26486 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26488 \(fn)" t nil)
26490 ;;;***
26492 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19752 41642))
26493 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26495 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26496 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26498 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26500 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26501 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26503 \(fn)" t nil)
26505 ;;;***
26507 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19752 41642))
26508 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26510 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26511 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26512 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26513 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26514 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26515 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26516 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26518 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26519 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26520 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26521 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26523 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26524 \\{tar-mode-map}
26526 \(fn)" t nil)
26528 ;;;***
26530 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26531 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19752 41642))
26532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26534 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26535 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26536 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26537 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26538 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26539 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26541 Variables controlling indentation style:
26542 `tcl-indent-level'
26543 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26544 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26545 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26547 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26548 documentation for details):
26549 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26550 Controls action of TAB key.
26551 `tcl-auto-newline'
26552 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26553 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26554 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26555 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26556 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26558 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26559 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26560 already exist.
26562 Commands:
26563 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26565 \(fn)" t nil)
26567 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26568 Run inferior Tcl process.
26569 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26570 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26572 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26574 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26575 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26576 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26578 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26580 ;;;***
26582 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19752 41642))
26583 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26584 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
26586 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26587 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26588 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26589 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26591 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26592 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26593 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26594 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26595 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26597 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26598 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
26600 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26601 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26602 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26603 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26605 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26607 ;;;***
26609 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26610 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
26611 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26613 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26614 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26615 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26616 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26617 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26618 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26620 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26622 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26623 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26624 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26625 commands to use in that buffer.
26627 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26629 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26631 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26632 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26634 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26636 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26637 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26638 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26639 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26640 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26641 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26642 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26643 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26644 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26645 use in that buffer.
26646 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26648 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26650 ;;;***
26652 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19752
26653 ;;;;;; 41642))
26654 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26656 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26657 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26658 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26659 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26660 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26661 program as keyboard input.
26663 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26664 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26665 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26666 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26668 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26669 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26670 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26671 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26672 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26674 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26676 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26677 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26678 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26679 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26681 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26682 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26683 subprocess started.
26685 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26687 ;;;***
26689 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26690 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
26691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26693 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26694 Start coverage on function under point.
26696 \(fn)" t nil)
26698 ;;;***
26700 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19752 41642))
26701 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26703 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26704 Play the Tetris game.
26705 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26706 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26707 as to form complete rows.
26709 tetris-mode keybindings:
26710 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26711 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26712 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26713 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26714 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26715 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26716 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26717 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26718 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26720 \(fn)" t nil)
26722 ;;;***
26724 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26725 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26726 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26727 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26728 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26729 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26730 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26731 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
26732 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26734 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26735 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26737 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26739 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26740 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26741 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26742 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26743 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26745 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26747 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26748 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26749 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26750 if it matches the first line of the file,
26751 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26753 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26755 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26756 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26757 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26758 if the variable is non-nil.")
26760 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26762 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26763 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26765 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26767 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26768 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26769 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26770 See the documentation of that variable.")
26772 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26774 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26775 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26776 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26777 See the documentation of that variable.")
26779 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26781 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26782 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26783 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26784 See the documentation of that variable.")
26786 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26788 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26789 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26790 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26791 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26792 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26794 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26796 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26797 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26798 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26799 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26801 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26803 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26804 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26805 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26807 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26809 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26810 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26811 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26812 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26814 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26816 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26817 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26818 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26819 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26821 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26823 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26824 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26825 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26826 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26828 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26829 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26830 for example,
26832 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26833 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26835 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26836 use.")
26838 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26840 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26841 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26842 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26843 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26844 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26846 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26848 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26850 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26851 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26852 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26854 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26856 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26857 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26858 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26859 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26860 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26862 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26864 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26865 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26867 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26869 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26870 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26872 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26874 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26875 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26876 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26877 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26878 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26879 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26880 says which mode to use.
26882 \(fn)" t nil)
26884 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26886 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26888 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26890 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26891 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26892 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26893 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26894 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26896 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26897 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26898 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26899 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26900 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26901 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26902 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26904 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26905 mismatched $'s or braces.
26907 Special commands:
26908 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26910 Mode variables:
26911 tex-run-command
26912 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26913 tex-directory
26914 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26915 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26916 tex-dvi-print-command
26917 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26918 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26919 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26920 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26921 tex-dvi-view-command
26922 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26923 tex-show-queue-command
26924 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26925 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26927 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26928 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26929 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26931 \(fn)" t nil)
26933 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26934 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26935 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26936 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26937 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26939 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26940 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26941 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26942 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26943 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26944 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26945 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26947 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26948 mismatched $'s or braces.
26950 Special commands:
26951 \\{latex-mode-map}
26953 Mode variables:
26954 latex-run-command
26955 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26956 tex-directory
26957 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26958 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26959 tex-dvi-print-command
26960 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26961 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26962 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26963 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26964 tex-dvi-view-command
26965 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26966 tex-show-queue-command
26967 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26968 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26970 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26971 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26972 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26974 \(fn)" t nil)
26976 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26977 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26978 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26979 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26980 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26982 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26983 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26984 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26985 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26986 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26987 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26988 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26990 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26991 mismatched $'s or braces.
26993 Special commands:
26994 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26996 Mode variables:
26997 slitex-run-command
26998 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26999 tex-directory
27000 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27001 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27002 tex-dvi-print-command
27003 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27004 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27005 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27006 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27007 tex-dvi-view-command
27008 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27009 tex-show-queue-command
27010 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27011 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27013 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27014 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27015 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27016 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27018 \(fn)" t nil)
27020 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27021 Not documented
27023 \(fn)" nil nil)
27025 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27026 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27028 \(fn)" t nil)
27030 ;;;***
27032 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27033 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19752 41642))
27034 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27036 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27037 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27038 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27039 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27041 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27042 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27043 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27045 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27047 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27048 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27049 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27050 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27051 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27053 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27055 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27056 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27057 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27058 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27060 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27061 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27062 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27063 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27065 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27066 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27068 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27070 ;;;***
27072 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27073 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19752 41642))
27074 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27076 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27077 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27079 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27081 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27082 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27084 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27086 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27087 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27089 It has these extra commands:
27090 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27092 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27093 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27094 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27095 modified version of TeX input format.
27097 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27098 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27099 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27100 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27102 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27103 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27104 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27105 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27106 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27107 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27108 in the Texinfo file.
27110 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27111 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27112 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27113 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27114 move forward past the closing brace.
27116 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27117 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27119 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27120 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27121 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27123 Here are the functions:
27125 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27126 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27127 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27129 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27130 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27131 texinfo-master-menu
27133 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27135 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27136 which menu descriptions are indented.
27138 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27139 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27140 in the region.
27142 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27143 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27144 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27145 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27147 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27148 be the first node in the file.
27150 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27151 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27153 \(fn)" t nil)
27155 ;;;***
27157 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27158 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27159 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
27160 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27162 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27163 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27164 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27165 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27167 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27169 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27170 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27172 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27174 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27175 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27177 \(fn)" t nil)
27179 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27180 Not documented
27182 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27184 ;;;***
27186 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27187 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27188 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19752 41642))
27189 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27191 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27192 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27194 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27196 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27197 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27198 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27199 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27200 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27202 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27203 a symbol as a valid THING.
27205 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27206 of the textual entity that was found.
27208 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27210 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27211 Return the THING at point.
27212 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27213 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27214 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27216 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27217 a symbol as a valid THING.
27219 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27221 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27222 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27224 \(fn)" nil nil)
27226 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27227 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27229 \(fn)" nil nil)
27231 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27232 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27234 \(fn)" nil nil)
27236 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27237 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27239 \(fn)" nil nil)
27241 ;;;***
27243 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27244 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27245 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
27246 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27248 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27249 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27251 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27253 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27254 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27255 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27256 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27258 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27260 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27261 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27263 \(fn)" t nil)
27265 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27266 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27268 \(fn)" t nil)
27270 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27272 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27273 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27275 \(fn)" t nil)
27277 ;;;***
27279 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27280 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27281 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27282 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27283 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19752
27284 ;;;;;; 41642))
27285 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27287 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27288 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27289 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27291 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27293 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27294 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27296 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27298 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27299 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27300 The returned string has no composition information.
27302 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27304 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27305 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27307 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27309 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27310 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27312 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27314 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27315 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27316 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27317 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27319 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27321 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27322 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27323 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27324 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27326 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27328 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27329 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27330 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27332 \(fn)" t nil)
27334 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27335 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27336 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27338 \(fn)" t nil)
27340 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27341 Not documented
27343 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27345 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27346 Not documented
27348 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27350 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27351 Not documented
27353 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27355 ;;;***
27357 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27358 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
27359 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27361 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27362 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27363 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27364 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27365 parameters.
27366 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27368 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27370 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27371 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27372 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27373 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27374 parameters.
27375 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27377 \(fn)" t nil)
27379 ;;;***
27381 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27382 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27383 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19752 41642))
27384 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27386 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27387 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27389 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27390 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27392 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27393 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27394 This display updates automatically every minute.
27395 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27396 are displayed as well.
27397 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27399 \(fn)" t nil)
27401 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27402 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27403 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27404 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27405 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27406 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27408 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27410 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27411 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27412 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27414 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute
27415 \(you can control the number of seconds between updates by
27416 customizing `display-time-interval').
27417 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27418 are displayed as well.
27419 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27423 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27424 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27425 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27426 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27428 \(fn)" t nil)
27430 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27431 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27432 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27433 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27435 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27437 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27438 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27440 \(fn)" t nil)
27442 ;;;***
27444 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27445 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27446 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27447 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27448 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
27449 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27451 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27452 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27453 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27455 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27456 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27457 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27458 (progn
27459 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27460 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27461 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27463 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27464 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27466 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27468 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27469 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27471 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27473 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27474 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27476 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27478 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27479 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27480 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27482 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27484 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27486 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27487 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27488 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27490 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27492 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27493 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27495 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27497 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27498 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27499 DATE should be a date-time string.
27501 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27503 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27504 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27505 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27507 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27509 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27510 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27512 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27514 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27515 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27517 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27519 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27520 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27521 TIME should be a time value.
27522 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27524 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27526 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27527 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27528 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27530 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27532 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27533 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27534 The valid format specifiers are:
27535 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27536 %d is the number of days.
27537 %h is the number of hours.
27538 %m is the number of minutes.
27539 %s is the number of seconds.
27540 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27541 %% is a literal \"%\".
27543 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27544 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27546 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27547 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27548 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27550 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27551 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27552 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27554 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27556 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27558 ;;;***
27560 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27561 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19752 41642))
27562 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27563 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27564 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27565 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27566 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27567 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27568 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27569 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27570 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27572 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27573 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27574 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27575 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27576 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27577 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27578 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27579 look like one of the following:
27580 Time-stamp: <>
27581 Time-stamp: \" \"
27582 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27583 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27584 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27585 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27586 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27587 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27588 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27589 the template.
27591 \(fn)" t nil)
27593 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27594 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27595 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27599 ;;;***
27601 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27602 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27603 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27604 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27605 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
27606 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27608 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27609 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27610 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27611 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27612 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27613 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27614 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27615 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27616 display (non-nil means on).
27618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27620 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27621 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27622 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27623 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27624 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27625 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27626 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27627 this function is called within a day.
27629 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27630 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27631 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27632 discover the name of the project.
27634 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27636 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27637 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27638 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27639 begun during the last time segment.
27641 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27642 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27643 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27644 discover the reason.
27646 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27648 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27649 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27650 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27651 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27652 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27654 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27656 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27657 Change to working on a different project.
27658 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27659 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27660 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27661 working on.
27663 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27665 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27666 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27667 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27669 \(fn)" nil nil)
27671 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27672 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27673 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27675 \(fn)" t nil)
27677 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27678 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27679 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27680 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27681 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27682 \"relative to today\".
27684 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27686 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27687 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27688 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27689 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27691 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27693 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27694 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27695 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27696 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27697 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27698 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27700 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27702 ;;;***
27704 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27705 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19752 41642))
27706 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27708 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27709 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27710 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27711 the generated Quail package is saved.
27713 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27715 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27716 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27717 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27718 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27719 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27720 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27721 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27723 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27725 ;;;***
27727 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27728 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19757 3579))
27729 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27730 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27731 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27733 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27734 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27735 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27736 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27737 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27739 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27741 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27742 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27743 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27744 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27745 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27747 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27749 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27750 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27751 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27752 in the menu in two ways:
27753 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27754 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27755 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27757 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27758 keymap or an alist of alists.
27759 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27760 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27762 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27764 ;;;***
27766 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27767 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27768 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19752 41642))
27769 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27771 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27772 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27774 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27776 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27777 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27779 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27781 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27782 Insert new TODO list entry.
27783 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27784 category.
27786 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27788 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27789 List top priorities for each category.
27791 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27792 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
27794 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27795 between each category.
27796 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
27798 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27800 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27801 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27802 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27803 between each category.
27805 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27807 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27809 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27810 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27812 \\{todo-mode-map}
27814 \(fn)" t nil)
27816 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27817 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27819 \(fn)" nil nil)
27821 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27822 Show TODO list.
27824 \(fn)" t nil)
27826 ;;;***
27828 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27829 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27830 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19752 41642))
27831 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27833 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27834 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27835 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27839 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27841 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27842 Add an item to the tool bar.
27843 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27844 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27845 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27846 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27848 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27849 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27850 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27851 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27853 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27854 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27856 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27858 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27859 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27860 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27861 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27862 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27863 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27865 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27866 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27867 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27868 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27870 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27872 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27873 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27874 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27875 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27876 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27877 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27878 properties to add to the binding.
27880 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27882 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27883 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27885 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27887 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27888 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27889 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27890 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27891 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27892 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27893 properties to add to the binding.
27895 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27896 holds a keymap.
27898 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27900 ;;;***
27902 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27903 ;;;;;; (19752 41899))
27904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27906 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27907 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27908 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27909 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27910 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27911 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27913 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27915 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27916 TPU/edt emulation.
27918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27920 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27922 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27923 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27925 \(fn)" t nil)
27927 ;;;***
27929 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27930 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
27931 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27933 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27934 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27936 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27937 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27938 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27939 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27940 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27942 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27943 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27944 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27945 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27946 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27948 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27949 (tpu-edt)
27951 Known Problems:
27953 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27954 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27955 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27956 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27957 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27958 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27960 \(fn)" t nil)
27962 ;;;***
27964 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19752 41642))
27965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27967 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27968 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27969 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27970 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27971 to a tcp server on another machine.
27973 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27975 ;;;***
27977 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27978 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19752 41642))
27979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27981 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
27982 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27984 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27986 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27987 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27988 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27989 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27990 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27991 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27992 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27993 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27995 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27997 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27998 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27999 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28000 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28001 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28002 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28003 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28004 the window or buffer configuration.
28006 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28008 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28010 ;;;***
28012 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28013 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28014 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28015 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19757 3579))
28016 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28018 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28019 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28020 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28022 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28024 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28025 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28027 It can have the following values:
28029 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28030 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28031 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28033 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28035 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
28036 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28037 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28038 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28040 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28042 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28043 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28044 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28045 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28047 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28048 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28049 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28051 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28052 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28053 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28054 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28055 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28056 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28057 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28058 files which are not really Tramp files.
28060 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28061 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28062 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28063 updated after changing this variable.
28065 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28067 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28068 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28069 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28070 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28072 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
28073 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28074 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28075 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28077 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28079 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28080 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28081 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28082 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28084 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28085 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28086 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28088 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28089 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28090 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28092 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28093 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28094 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28095 updated after changing this variable.
28097 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28099 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28100 Alist of completion handler functions.
28101 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28102 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28103 normal Emacs functions.")
28105 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28106 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28107 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28108 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28110 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28111 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28112 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28113 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28115 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28116 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28117 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28119 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28121 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28122 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28123 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28125 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28126 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28127 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28129 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28130 Not documented
28132 \(fn)" nil nil)
28134 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28135 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28137 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28139 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28140 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28142 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28144 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28145 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28147 \(fn)" t nil)
28149 ;;;***
28151 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28152 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28153 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28155 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28156 Not documented
28158 \(fn)" nil nil)
28160 ;;;***
28162 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19752
28163 ;;;;;; 41642))
28164 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28166 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28167 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28168 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28169 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28170 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28171 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28172 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28173 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28175 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28176 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28177 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28179 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28180 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28181 resumed later.
28183 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28185 ;;;***
28187 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28188 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28189 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28191 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28192 Not documented
28194 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28196 ;;;***
28198 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28199 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19752 41642))
28200 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28201 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28202 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28203 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28205 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28206 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28207 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28208 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28209 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28210 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28211 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28213 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28215 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28216 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28217 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28218 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28220 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28222 \(fn)" t nil)
28224 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28225 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28226 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28227 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28228 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28229 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28230 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28232 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28233 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28235 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28236 \\___/\\
28237 / \\
28238 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28240 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28242 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28244 ;;;***
28246 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28247 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28248 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28249 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28250 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28251 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28253 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28254 Toggle typing break mode.
28255 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28256 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28257 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28259 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28261 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28262 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28264 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28266 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28267 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28269 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28270 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28271 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28273 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28274 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28276 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28278 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28279 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28281 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28282 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28283 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28284 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28286 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28288 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28289 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28290 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28292 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28293 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28294 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28295 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28296 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28297 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28299 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28300 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28301 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28302 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28304 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28305 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28307 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28308 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28310 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28312 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28313 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28314 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28316 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28317 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28318 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28319 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28320 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28321 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28322 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28324 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28325 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28327 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28328 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28329 reset the keystroke counter.
28331 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28332 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28333 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28334 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28336 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28337 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28338 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28339 `type-break-schedule' command.
28341 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28342 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28343 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28344 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28345 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28346 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28347 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28348 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28349 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28351 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28352 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28353 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28354 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28355 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28357 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28358 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28359 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28360 approximate good values for this.
28362 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28363 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28365 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28366 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28367 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28368 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28369 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28370 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28372 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28373 a typing break occur. They include:
28375 `type-break-query-mode'
28376 `type-break-query-function'
28377 `type-break-query-interval'
28379 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28381 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28382 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28383 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28384 problems.
28386 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28388 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28389 Take a typing break.
28391 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28392 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28394 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28395 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28397 \(fn)" t nil)
28399 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28400 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28401 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28402 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28404 \(fn)" t nil)
28406 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28407 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28409 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28410 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28411 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28412 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28413 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28414 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28415 average typing speed.)
28417 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28418 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28419 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28420 the computed maximum threshold.
28422 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28423 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28424 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28425 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28426 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28428 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28430 ;;;***
28432 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19752 41642))
28433 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28435 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28436 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28437 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28438 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28439 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28441 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28443 ;;;***
28445 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28446 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28447 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28448 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28449 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28450 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19752 41642))
28451 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28453 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28454 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28456 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28458 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28459 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28461 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28463 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28464 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28466 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28468 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28469 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28471 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28473 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28474 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28476 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28478 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28479 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28481 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28483 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28484 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28486 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28488 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28489 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28491 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28493 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28494 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28496 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28498 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28499 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28501 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28503 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28504 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28506 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28508 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28509 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28511 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28513 ;;;***
28515 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28516 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19752 41642))
28517 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28519 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28520 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28521 Works by overstriking underscores.
28522 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28523 which specify the range to operate on.
28525 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28527 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28528 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28529 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28530 which specify the range to operate on.
28532 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28534 ;;;***
28536 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28537 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28538 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28540 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28541 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28542 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28543 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28544 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28545 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28547 \(fn)" nil nil)
28549 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28550 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28552 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28554 ;;;***
28556 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19752
28557 ;;;;;; 41642))
28558 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28560 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28561 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28562 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28563 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28565 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28567 ;;;***
28569 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28570 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19752 41642))
28571 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28573 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28574 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28575 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28577 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28578 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28579 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28580 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28581 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28582 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28584 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28585 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28586 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28588 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28589 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28590 the callback is not called).
28592 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28593 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28594 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28595 take effect.
28597 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28599 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28600 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28601 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28602 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28603 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28605 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28607 ;;;***
28609 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28610 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19752 41642))
28611 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28613 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28614 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28615 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28617 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28618 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28619 `url-generic-parse-url'
28620 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28621 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28622 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28623 realm
28624 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28625 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28626 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28627 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28628 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28629 what type of auth to use
28630 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28631 if one cannot be found in the cache
28633 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28635 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28636 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28638 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28639 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28640 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28641 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28642 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28643 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28644 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28645 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28647 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28649 ;;;***
28651 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28652 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19752
28653 ;;;;;; 41642))
28654 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28656 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28657 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28659 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28661 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28662 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28663 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28665 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28667 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28668 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28670 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28672 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28673 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28675 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28677 ;;;***
28679 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19752 41642))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28682 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28683 Not documented
28685 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28687 ;;;***
28689 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28690 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19752 41642))
28691 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28693 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28694 Not documented
28696 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28698 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28699 Not documented
28701 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28703 ;;;***
28705 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19752
28706 ;;;;;; 41642))
28707 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28709 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28710 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28712 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28714 ;;;***
28716 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28717 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19752 41642))
28718 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28720 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28721 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28723 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28725 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28726 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28727 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28728 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28729 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28731 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28733 ;;;***
28735 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28736 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28737 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28740 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28741 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28742 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28745 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28747 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28749 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28750 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28754 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28755 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28756 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28757 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28759 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28761 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28762 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28763 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28764 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28765 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28766 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28767 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28768 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28769 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28770 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28772 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28774 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28775 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28776 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28777 accessible.
28779 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28781 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28782 Not documented
28784 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28786 ;;;***
28788 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28789 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19752 41642))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28792 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28793 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28794 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28795 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28796 CBARGS as the arguments.
28798 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28800 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28801 Not documented
28803 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28805 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28807 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28808 Not documented
28810 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28812 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28813 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28814 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28816 Property list members:
28818 methods
28819 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28820 supports.
28823 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28824 supported.
28826 dasl
28827 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28829 ranges
28830 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28833 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28834 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28835 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28836 Emacs/W3.
28838 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28840 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28841 Default HTTPS port.")
28843 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28844 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28845 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28847 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28848 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28849 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28850 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28851 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28853 ;;;***
28855 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19752 41642))
28856 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28858 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28859 Not documented
28861 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28863 ;;;***
28865 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19752
28866 ;;;;;; 41642))
28867 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28869 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28870 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28871 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28872 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28873 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28875 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28877 ;;;***
28879 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28880 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28881 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28883 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28884 Not documented
28886 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28888 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28889 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28891 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28893 ;;;***
28895 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28896 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19752 41642))
28897 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28899 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28900 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28902 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28904 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28905 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28907 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28909 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28910 Not documented
28912 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28914 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28916 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28918 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28920 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28921 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28923 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28925 ;;;***
28927 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28928 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28929 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28931 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28932 Not documented
28934 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28936 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28937 Not documented
28939 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28941 ;;;***
28943 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28944 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28945 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
28946 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28948 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28949 Not documented
28951 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28953 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28954 Not documented
28956 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28958 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28959 Not documented
28961 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28963 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28964 Not documented
28966 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28968 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28969 Not documented
28971 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28973 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28974 Not documented
28976 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28978 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28979 Not documented
28981 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28983 ;;;***
28985 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28986 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19752 41642))
28987 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28989 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28990 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28992 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28994 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28995 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28996 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28997 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
28999 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29001 ;;;***
29003 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29004 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29005 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29007 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29008 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29010 \(fn)" t nil)
29012 ;;;***
29014 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29015 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29016 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29017 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29018 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29019 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29020 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19752 41642))
29021 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29023 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29024 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29025 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29027 If t, all messages will be logged.
29028 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29029 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29031 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29033 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29034 Not documented
29036 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29038 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29039 Not documented
29041 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29043 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29044 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29045 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29046 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29047 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29048 & ==> &amp;
29049 < ==> &lt;
29050 > ==> &gt;
29051 \" ==> &quot;
29053 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29055 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29056 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29057 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29059 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29061 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29062 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29063 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29065 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29067 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29068 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29070 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29072 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29073 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29075 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29077 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29078 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29080 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29082 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29083 Not documented
29085 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29087 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29088 Not documented
29090 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29092 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29093 Not documented
29095 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29097 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29099 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29100 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29102 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29104 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29105 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29107 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29109 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29110 Not documented
29112 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29114 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29115 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29116 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29117 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29118 forbidden in URL encoding.
29120 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29122 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29123 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29124 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29125 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29126 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29127 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29129 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29131 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29132 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29133 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29134 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29136 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29138 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29139 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29140 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29142 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29144 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29145 View the current document's URL.
29146 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29147 the minibuffer.
29149 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29151 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29153 ;;;***
29155 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29156 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19752 41642))
29157 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29159 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29160 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29161 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29162 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29163 to refrain from editing the file
29164 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29165 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29166 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29167 in any way you like.
29169 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29171 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29172 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29173 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29174 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29175 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29177 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29178 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29180 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29182 ;;;***
29184 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29185 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29186 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19752 41642))
29187 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29189 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29190 Not documented
29192 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29194 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29195 Not documented
29197 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29199 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29200 Not documented
29202 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29204 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29205 Not documented
29207 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29209 ;;;***
29211 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29212 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29213 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29214 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29216 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29217 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29218 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29219 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29221 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29223 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29224 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29225 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29227 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29229 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29230 Uudecode region between START and END.
29231 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29233 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29235 ;;;***
29237 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29238 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29239 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29240 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29241 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff
29242 ;;;;;; vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29243 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (19752 41642))
29244 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29246 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29247 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29248 See `run-hooks'.")
29250 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29252 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29253 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29254 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29256 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29258 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29259 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29260 See `run-hooks'.")
29262 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29264 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29265 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29266 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29268 For locking systems:
29269 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29270 control.
29271 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29272 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29273 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29274 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29275 it performs a revert on that file.
29276 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29277 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29278 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29279 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29280 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29281 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29282 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29284 For merging systems:
29285 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29286 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29287 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29288 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29289 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29290 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29291 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29292 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29293 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29295 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29297 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29298 Register into a version control system.
29299 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29300 Otherwise register the current file.
29301 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29302 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29304 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29305 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29306 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29307 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29308 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29309 first backend that could register the file is used.
29311 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29313 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29314 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29316 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29318 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29319 Display diffs between file revisions.
29320 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29321 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29322 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29324 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29325 saving the buffer.
29327 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29329 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29330 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29331 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29332 fileset with the working revision.
29333 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29334 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29336 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29337 saving the buffer.
29339 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29341 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29342 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29343 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29344 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29346 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29348 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29349 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29350 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29351 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29353 \(fn)" t nil)
29355 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29356 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29357 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29358 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29359 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29360 from the current branch.
29362 See Info node `Merging'.
29364 \(fn)" t nil)
29366 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29368 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29369 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29370 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29371 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29372 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29373 checked out in that new branch.
29375 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29377 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29378 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29379 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29380 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29381 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29382 allowed and simply skipped).
29384 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29386 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29387 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29388 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29389 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29390 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29392 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29393 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29395 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29397 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29398 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29399 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29400 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29401 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29403 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29405 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29406 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29407 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29409 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29411 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29412 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29413 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29415 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29417 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29418 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29419 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29420 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29422 \(fn)" t nil)
29424 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29425 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29426 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29427 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29429 \(fn)" t nil)
29431 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29433 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29434 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29435 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29436 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29437 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29438 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29440 \(fn)" t nil)
29442 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29443 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29444 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29445 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29446 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29447 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29448 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29450 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29452 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29453 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29454 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29455 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29456 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29457 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29458 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29459 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29460 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29462 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29464 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29465 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29467 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29469 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29470 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29472 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29474 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29475 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29476 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29477 directory.
29479 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29481 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29482 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29483 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29485 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29486 log entries should be gathered.
29488 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29490 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29491 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29493 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29495 ;;;***
29497 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19752
29498 ;;;;;; 41642))
29499 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29501 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29502 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29504 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29505 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29506 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29507 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29508 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29509 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29511 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29512 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29513 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29514 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29515 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29516 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29517 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29518 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29520 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29522 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29524 Customization variables:
29526 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29527 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29528 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29529 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29531 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29533 ;;;***
29535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19752 41642))
29536 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29537 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29538 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29539 (progn
29540 (load "vc-arch")
29541 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29543 ;;;***
29545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19752 41642))
29546 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29548 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29549 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29551 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29552 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29553 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29554 (progn
29555 (load "vc-bzr")
29556 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29558 ;;;***
29560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19752 41642))
29561 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29562 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29563 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29564 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29565 (load "vc-cvs")
29566 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29568 ;;;***
29570 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19752 41642))
29571 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29573 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29574 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29575 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29576 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29577 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29579 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29580 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29581 The file lines appear later.
29583 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29584 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29586 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29588 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29590 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29592 ;;;***
29594 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29595 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29596 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29598 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29599 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29600 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29601 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29602 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29603 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29604 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29605 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29606 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29607 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29608 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29609 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29610 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29611 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29612 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29614 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29616 ;;;***
29618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19752 41642))
29619 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29620 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29621 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29622 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29623 (progn
29624 (load "vc-git")
29625 (vc-git-registered file))))
29627 ;;;***
29629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19752 41642))
29630 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29631 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29632 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29633 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29634 (progn
29635 (load "vc-hg")
29636 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29638 ;;;***
29640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19752 41642))
29641 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29643 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29645 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29646 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29647 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29648 (progn
29649 (load "vc-mtn")
29650 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29652 ;;;***
29654 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29655 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29656 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29658 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29659 Where to look for RCS master files.
29660 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29662 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29664 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29666 ;;;***
29668 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29669 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29670 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29672 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29673 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29674 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29676 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29677 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29679 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29680 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29681 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29682 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29684 ;;;***
29686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19752 41642))
29687 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29688 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29689 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29690 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29691 "_svn")
29692 (t ".svn"))))
29693 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29694 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29695 (file-name-directory f)))
29696 (load "vc-svn")
29697 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29699 ;;;***
29701 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29702 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29704 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29706 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29707 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29709 Usage:
29710 ------
29712 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29713 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29714 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29715 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29717 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29718 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29719 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29720 completions.
29722 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29723 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29725 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29726 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29728 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29729 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29730 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29732 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29735 Maintenance:
29736 ------------
29738 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29739 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29741 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29743 Official distribution is at
29744 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29747 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29748 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29750 Key bindings:
29751 -------------
29753 \\{vera-mode-map}
29755 \(fn)" t nil)
29757 ;;;***
29759 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29760 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29763 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29764 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29765 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29766 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29767 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29769 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29771 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29772 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29774 Supports highlighting.
29776 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29777 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29779 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29781 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29782 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29783 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29784 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29785 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29786 on the left side of your screen.
29787 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29788 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29789 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29790 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29791 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29792 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29793 function keyword.
29794 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29795 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29796 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29797 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29798 if (a)
29799 begin
29800 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29801 Indentation for case statements.
29802 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29803 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29804 mark after an end.
29805 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29806 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29807 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29808 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29809 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29810 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29811 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29812 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29813 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29814 if (a)
29815 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29816 otherwise you get:
29817 if (a)
29818 begin
29819 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29820 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29821 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29822 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29823 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29824 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29825 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29826 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29827 comments in tight quarters.
29828 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29829 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29831 Variables controlling other actions:
29833 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29834 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29835 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29837 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29839 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29841 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29842 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29843 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29845 Some other functions are:
29847 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29848 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29849 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29850 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29851 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29853 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29854 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29855 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29856 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29858 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29859 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29860 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29861 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29862 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29863 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29864 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29865 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29866 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29867 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29868 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29869 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29870 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29871 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29872 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29873 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29874 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29875 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29876 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29877 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29878 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29879 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29880 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29881 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29882 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29883 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29884 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29885 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29887 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29888 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29890 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29892 \(fn)" t nil)
29894 ;;;***
29896 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29897 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
29898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29900 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29901 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29903 Usage:
29904 ------
29906 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29907 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29908 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29909 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29910 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29911 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29912 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29913 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29914 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29916 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29917 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29918 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29919 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29921 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29922 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29923 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29924 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29925 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29927 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29928 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29931 HEADER INSERTION:
29932 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29933 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29934 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29937 STUTTERING:
29938 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29939 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29940 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29941 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29943 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29944 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29945 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29946 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29947 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29950 WORD COMPLETION:
29951 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29952 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29953 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29954 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29956 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29957 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29958 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29959 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29960 beginning with \"std\").
29962 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29963 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29964 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29965 stop.
29968 COMMENTS:
29969 `--' puts a single comment.
29970 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29971 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29972 with a comment in between.
29973 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29974 out following lines.
29975 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29976 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29978 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29979 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29980 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29981 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29982 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29983 non-nil.
29985 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29986 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29987 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29988 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29989 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29990 multi-line comments.
29993 INDENTATION:
29994 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29995 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29996 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29997 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29999 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30000 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30001 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30002 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30004 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30005 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30006 and vice versa.
30008 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30009 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30012 ALIGNMENT:
30013 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30014 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30015 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30016 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30017 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30018 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30019 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30020 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30022 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30023 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30024 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30025 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30026 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30027 is non-nil.
30029 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30030 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30031 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30033 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30034 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30037 CODE FILLING:
30038 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30039 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30040 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30041 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30042 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30043 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30046 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30047 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30048 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30049 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30050 command:
30052 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30055 PORT TRANSLATION:
30056 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30057 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30058 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30059 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30060 internal signal initializations (menu).
30062 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30063 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30064 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30066 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30067 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30068 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30069 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30070 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30071 in subsequent paste operations.)
30073 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30074 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30075 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30078 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30079 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30080 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30081 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30082 association list with formals).
30085 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30086 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30087 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30088 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30089 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30090 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30091 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30092 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30093 `vhdl-testbench'.
30096 KEY BINDINGS:
30097 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30100 VHDL MENU:
30101 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30104 FILE BROWSER:
30105 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30106 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30107 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30109 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30110 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30113 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30114 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30115 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30116 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30118 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30119 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30120 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30122 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30123 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30124 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30125 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30127 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30128 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30129 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30130 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30131 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30133 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30134 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30135 required by secondary units.
30138 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30139 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30140 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30141 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30142 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30143 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30144 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30145 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30146 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30147 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30148 inputs to this component -> input port created
30149 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30150 outputs from this component -> output port created
30151 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30152 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30154 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30155 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30156 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30157 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30158 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30160 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30161 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30163 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30164 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30165 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30166 component instantiation is also supported (option
30167 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30169 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30170 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30171 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30172 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30173 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30174 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30175 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30176 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30177 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30178 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30179 | generating the configuration.
30181 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30182 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30183 | configurations in speedbar.
30185 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30188 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30189 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30190 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30191 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30192 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30193 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30194 information. New compilers can be added.
30196 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30197 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30200 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30201 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30202 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30203 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30204 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30206 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30207 command:
30209 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30210 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30211 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30213 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30214 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30215 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30216 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30217 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30218 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30219 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30221 Limitations:
30222 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30223 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30224 not (yet) supported.
30225 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30226 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30227 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30230 PROJECTS:
30231 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30232 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30233 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30234 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30235 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30236 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30237 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30238 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30240 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30241 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30242 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30243 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30244 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30245 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30246 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30247 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30248 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30249 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30250 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30253 SPECIAL MENUES:
30254 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30255 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30256 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30257 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30258 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30259 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30260 current directory for VHDL source files.
30263 VHDL STANDARDS:
30264 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30265 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30268 KEYWORD CASE:
30269 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30270 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30271 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30272 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30273 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30274 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30275 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30276 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30279 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30280 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30281 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30282 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30283 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30284 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30285 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30287 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30288 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30289 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30290 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30291 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30292 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30294 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30295 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30296 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30297 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30298 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30299 visually.
30301 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30302 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30303 highlighted if written in lower case.
30305 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30306 highlighted using a different background color if option
30307 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30309 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30310 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30311 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30312 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30313 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30316 USER MODELS:
30317 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30318 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30319 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30322 HIDE/SHOW:
30323 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30324 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30325 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30326 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30327 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30330 CODE UPDATING:
30331 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30332 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30333 Limitations:
30334 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30335 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30336 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30337 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30338 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30339 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30340 (used to obtain the port names).
30343 CODE FIXING:
30344 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30345 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30348 PRINTING:
30349 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30350 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30351 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30352 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30353 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30354 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30355 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30356 printers.
30359 OPTIONS:
30360 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30361 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30362 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30363 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30364 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30366 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30367 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30368 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30369 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30370 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30371 INSTALL file).
30373 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30374 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30377 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30378 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30379 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30380 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30382 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30385 HINTS:
30386 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30387 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30389 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30391 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30393 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30396 RELEASE NOTES:
30397 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30400 Maintenance:
30401 ------------
30403 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30404 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30406 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30408 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30409 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30410 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30411 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30413 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30414 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
30415 where the latest version can be found.
30418 Known problems:
30419 ---------------
30421 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30422 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30423 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30426 The VHDL Mode Authors
30427 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30429 Key bindings:
30430 -------------
30432 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30434 \(fn)" t nil)
30436 ;;;***
30438 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19636 58496))
30439 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30441 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30442 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30443 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30444 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30446 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30447 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30448 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30449 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30450 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30452 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30453 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30455 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30457 * Limitations and unsupported features
30458 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30459 not supported.
30460 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30461 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30463 * Modifications
30464 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30465 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30466 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30467 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30468 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30469 for undoing a repeated change command.
30470 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30471 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30472 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30474 * Extensions
30475 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30476 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30477 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30478 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30479 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30480 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30481 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30482 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30484 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30486 \(fn)" t nil)
30488 ;;;***
30490 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30491 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30492 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30493 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19752 41642))
30494 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30496 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30497 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30499 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30501 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30502 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30503 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30504 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30506 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30508 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30509 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30511 \(fn)" t nil)
30513 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30514 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30515 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30516 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30518 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30520 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30521 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30523 \(fn)" t nil)
30525 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30526 Not documented
30528 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30530 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30531 Not documented
30533 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30535 ;;;***
30537 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30538 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30539 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30540 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30541 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19752 41642))
30542 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30544 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30545 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30546 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30548 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30550 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30551 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30552 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30553 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30555 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30557 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30558 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30560 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30562 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30563 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30564 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30565 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30566 moving around in the buffer.
30567 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30568 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30570 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30572 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30574 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30575 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30576 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30577 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30579 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30580 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30581 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30582 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30583 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30585 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30587 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30589 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30590 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30591 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30592 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30593 buffer.
30595 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30596 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30597 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30598 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30599 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30601 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30603 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30605 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30606 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30607 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30608 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30609 moving around in the buffer.
30610 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30611 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30613 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30615 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30616 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30617 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30619 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30620 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30621 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30622 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30624 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30626 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30627 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30628 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30629 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30630 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30631 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30632 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30633 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30635 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30637 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30638 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30639 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30641 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30643 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30644 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30645 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30646 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30647 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30648 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30649 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30650 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30652 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30654 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30655 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30656 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30658 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30660 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30661 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30662 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30663 turn it off.
30665 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30666 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30667 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30668 read-only.
30669 \\<view-mode-map>
30670 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30671 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30672 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30673 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30674 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30676 H, h, ? This message.
30677 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30678 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30679 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30680 > move to the end of buffer.
30681 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30682 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30683 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30684 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30685 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30686 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30687 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30688 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30689 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30690 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30691 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30692 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30693 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30694 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30695 Use this to view a changing file.
30696 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30697 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30698 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30699 . set the mark.
30700 x exchanges point and mark.
30701 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30702 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30703 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30704 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30705 ' go to position saved in character register.
30706 s do forward incremental search.
30707 r do reverse incremental search.
30708 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30709 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30710 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30711 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30712 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30713 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30714 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30715 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30716 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30717 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30718 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30719 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30720 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30721 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30722 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30723 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30724 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30726 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30727 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30728 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30729 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30730 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30731 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30732 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30733 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30734 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30736 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30740 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30741 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30742 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30743 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30744 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30745 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30746 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30747 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30748 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30750 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30752 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30753 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30754 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30755 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30756 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30757 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30758 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30760 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30761 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30762 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30763 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30764 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30765 1) nil Do nothing.
30766 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30767 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30768 frame.
30769 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30770 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30771 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30772 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30774 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30776 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30778 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30780 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30781 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30783 \(fn)" t nil)
30785 ;;;***
30787 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19752
30788 ;;;;;; 41642))
30789 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30791 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30792 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30794 \(fn)" nil nil)
30796 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30797 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30799 \(fn)" t nil)
30801 ;;;***
30803 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30804 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
30805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30807 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30808 Toggle Viper on/off.
30809 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30811 \(fn)" t nil)
30813 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30814 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30816 \(fn)" t nil)
30818 ;;;***
30820 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30821 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
30822 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30824 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30825 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30826 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30827 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30828 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30829 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30830 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30831 the beginning of the warning.")
30833 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30834 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30835 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30836 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30837 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30838 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30839 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30840 also call that function before the next warning.")
30842 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30843 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30845 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30846 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30847 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30848 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30850 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30851 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30852 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30853 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30854 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30855 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30857 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30858 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30859 Default is :warning.
30861 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30862 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30863 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30864 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30865 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30866 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30868 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30869 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30870 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30872 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30874 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30875 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30877 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30879 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30880 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30881 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30882 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30884 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30885 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30886 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30887 can be whatever you like.)
30889 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30890 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30892 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30893 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30894 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30895 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30896 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30898 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30900 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30901 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30902 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30903 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30904 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30906 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30908 ;;;***
30910 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30911 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
30912 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30914 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30915 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30916 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30917 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30918 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30919 in disk.
30921 See `wdired-mode'.
30923 \(fn)" t nil)
30925 ;;;***
30927 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19752 41642))
30928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30930 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30931 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30933 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30934 hotlist.
30936 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30937 <nwv@acm.org>.
30939 \(fn)" t nil)
30941 ;;;***
30943 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30944 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
30945 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30946 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30947 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30949 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30951 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30952 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30953 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30954 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30955 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30956 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30958 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30960 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30961 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30962 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30963 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30965 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30966 and off otherwise.
30968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30970 ;;;***
30972 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30973 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30974 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
30975 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19757 3579))
30976 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30978 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30979 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30981 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30982 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30983 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30985 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30986 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30990 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30991 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
30993 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30994 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30995 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30997 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30998 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30999 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31000 use `whitespace-mode'.
31002 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31006 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31007 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31008 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31009 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31010 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31011 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31013 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31015 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31016 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31018 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31019 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31020 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31022 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31023 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31027 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31028 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31029 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31031 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31032 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31034 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31036 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31037 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31039 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31040 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31041 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31043 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31044 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31045 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31046 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31048 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31052 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31053 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31055 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31056 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31058 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31059 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31061 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31063 CHAR MEANING
31064 (VIA FACES)
31065 f toggle face visualization
31066 t toggle TAB visualization
31067 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31068 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31069 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31070 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31071 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31072 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31073 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31074 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31075 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31076 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31077 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31078 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31079 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31080 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31081 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31083 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31084 T toggle TAB visualization
31085 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31086 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31088 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31089 ? display brief help
31091 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31092 The valid symbols are:
31094 face toggle face visualization
31095 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31096 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31097 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31098 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31099 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31100 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31101 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31102 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31103 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31104 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31105 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31106 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31107 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31108 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31109 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31110 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31112 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31113 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31114 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31116 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31118 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31120 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31122 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31123 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31125 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31126 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31128 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31129 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31131 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31133 CHAR MEANING
31134 (VIA FACES)
31135 f toggle face visualization
31136 t toggle TAB visualization
31137 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31138 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31139 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31140 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31141 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31142 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31143 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31144 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31145 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31146 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31147 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31148 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31149 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31150 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31151 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31153 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31154 T toggle TAB visualization
31155 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31156 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31158 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31159 ? display brief help
31161 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31162 The valid symbols are:
31164 face toggle face visualization
31165 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31166 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31167 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31168 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31169 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31170 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31171 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31172 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31173 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31174 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31175 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31176 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31177 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31178 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31179 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31180 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31182 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31183 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31184 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31186 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31188 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31190 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31192 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31193 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31195 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31196 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31197 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31198 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31199 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31201 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31203 The problems cleaned up are:
31205 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31206 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31207 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31208 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31210 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31211 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31212 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31213 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31214 SPACEs.
31215 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31216 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31217 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31218 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31220 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31221 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31222 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31223 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31224 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31225 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31226 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31227 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31229 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31230 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31231 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31233 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31234 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31235 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31236 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31237 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31238 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31239 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31240 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31242 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31243 documentation.
31245 \(fn)" t nil)
31247 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31248 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31250 The problems cleaned up are:
31252 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31253 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31254 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31255 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31256 SPACEs.
31257 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31258 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31259 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31260 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31262 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31263 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31264 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31265 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31266 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31267 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31268 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31269 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31271 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31272 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31273 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31275 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31276 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31277 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31278 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31279 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31280 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31281 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31282 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31284 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31285 documentation.
31287 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31289 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31290 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31292 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31293 non-nil.
31295 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31296 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31297 `whitespace-style' to have:
31299 empty
31300 trailing
31301 indentation
31302 space-before-tab
31303 space-after-tab
31305 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31306 whitespace problems in buffer.
31308 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31310 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31311 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31312 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31313 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31314 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31315 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31316 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31318 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31319 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31320 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31321 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31322 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31323 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31324 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31326 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31327 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31328 cleaning up these problems.
31330 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31332 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31333 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31335 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31336 non-nil.
31338 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31339 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31340 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31342 empty
31343 indentation
31344 space-before-tab
31345 trailing
31346 space-after-tab
31348 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31349 whitespace problems in buffer.
31351 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31353 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31354 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31355 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31356 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31357 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31358 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31359 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31361 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31362 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31363 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31364 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31365 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31366 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31367 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31369 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31370 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31371 cleaning up these problems.
31373 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31375 ;;;***
31377 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31378 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19752 41642))
31379 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31381 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31382 Browse the widget under point.
31384 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31386 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31387 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31389 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31391 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31392 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31394 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31396 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31397 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31398 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31402 ;;;***
31404 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31405 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19752
31406 ;;;;;; 41642))
31407 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31409 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31410 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31412 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31414 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31415 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31416 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31418 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31420 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31421 Create widget of TYPE.
31422 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31424 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31426 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31427 Delete WIDGET.
31429 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31431 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31432 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31434 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31436 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31437 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31438 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31439 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31441 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31442 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31444 \(fn)" nil nil)
31446 ;;;***
31448 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31449 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19752
31450 ;;;;;; 41642))
31451 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31453 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31454 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31455 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31456 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31457 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31458 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31459 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31463 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31464 Select the window above the current one.
31465 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31466 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31467 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31468 negative ARG) of the current window.
31469 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31473 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31474 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31475 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31476 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31477 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31478 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31479 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31483 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31484 Select the window below the current one.
31485 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31486 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31487 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31488 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31489 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31493 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31494 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31495 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31496 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31498 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31500 ;;;***
31502 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31503 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
31504 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31506 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31507 Toggle Winner mode.
31508 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31509 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31511 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31513 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31514 Toggle Winner mode.
31515 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31519 ;;;***
31521 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31522 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19752 41642))
31523 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31525 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31526 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31527 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31528 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31529 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31531 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31533 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31534 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31535 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31536 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31537 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31538 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31539 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31540 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31542 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31543 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31545 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31547 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31548 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31550 \(fn)" t nil)
31552 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31553 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31554 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31555 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31556 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31557 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31558 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31559 `woman' command for further details.
31561 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31563 ;;;***
31565 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31566 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
31567 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31569 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31570 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31572 BUGS:
31573 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31574 are not implemented
31575 - Options for search and replace
31576 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31577 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31579 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31580 Emacs-like.
31582 The key bindings are:
31584 C-a backward-word
31585 C-b fill-paragraph
31586 C-c scroll-up-line
31587 C-d forward-char
31588 C-e previous-line
31589 C-f forward-word
31590 C-g delete-char
31591 C-h backward-char
31592 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31593 C-j help-for-help
31594 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31595 C-l ws-repeat-search
31596 C-n open-line
31597 C-p quoted-insert
31598 C-r scroll-down-line
31599 C-s backward-char
31600 C-t kill-word
31601 C-u keyboard-quit
31602 C-v overwrite-mode
31603 C-w scroll-down
31604 C-x next-line
31605 C-y kill-complete-line
31606 C-z scroll-up
31608 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31609 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31610 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31611 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31612 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31613 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31614 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31615 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31616 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31617 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31618 C-k b ws-begin-block
31619 C-k c ws-copy-block
31620 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31621 C-k f find-file
31622 C-k h ws-show-markers
31623 C-k i ws-indent-block
31624 C-k k ws-end-block
31625 C-k p ws-print-block
31626 C-k q kill-emacs
31627 C-k r insert-file
31628 C-k s save-some-buffers
31629 C-k t ws-mark-word
31630 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31631 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31632 C-k v ws-move-block
31633 C-k w ws-write-block
31634 C-k x kill-emacs
31635 C-k y ws-delete-block
31637 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31638 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31639 C-o j justify-current-line
31640 C-o k kill-buffer
31641 C-o l list-buffers
31642 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31643 C-o r set-fill-column
31644 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31645 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31646 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31647 C-o wo other-window
31648 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31650 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31651 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31652 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31653 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31654 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31655 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31656 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31657 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31658 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31659 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31660 C-q a ws-query-replace
31661 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31662 C-q c end-of-buffer
31663 C-q d end-of-line
31664 C-q f ws-search
31665 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31666 C-q l ws-undo
31667 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31668 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31669 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31670 C-q w ws-last-error
31671 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31672 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31674 \(fn)" t nil)
31676 ;;;***
31678 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19752 41642))
31679 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31681 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31682 Perform an interactive search.
31683 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31684 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31685 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31686 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31688 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31689 Example:
31691 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31693 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31695 ;;;***
31697 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31698 ;;;;;; (19752 41642))
31699 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31701 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31702 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31703 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31704 Returns the top node with all its children.
31705 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31706 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31708 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31710 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31711 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31712 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31713 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31714 is not well-formed XML.
31715 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31716 and returned as the first element of the list.
31717 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31719 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31721 ;;;***
31723 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31724 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19752 41642))
31725 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31727 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31728 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31729 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31730 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31731 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31732 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31733 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31734 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31735 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31736 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31738 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31740 ;;;***
31742 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19752
31743 ;;;;;; 41642))
31744 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31746 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31747 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31748 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31749 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31750 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31751 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31753 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31755 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31756 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31757 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31758 it off.
31760 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31761 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31762 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31763 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31764 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31765 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31769 ;;;***
31771 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31772 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19752 41642))
31773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31775 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31776 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31778 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31780 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31781 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31783 \(fn)" nil nil)
31785 ;;;***
31787 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31788 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19752 41642))
31789 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31791 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31792 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31794 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31796 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31797 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31799 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31801 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31802 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31803 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31805 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31807 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31808 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31810 \(fn)" t nil)
31812 ;;;***
31814 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19752 41642))
31815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31817 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31818 Zone out, completely.
31820 \(fn)" t nil)
31822 ;;;***
31824 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "font-setting.el" "format-spec.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-imap.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "pcvs-info.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19761
32017 ;;;;;; 5801 21534))
32019 ;;;***
32021 (provide 'loaddefs)
32022 ;; Local Variables:
32023 ;; version-control: never
32024 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32025 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32026 ;; coding: utf-8
32027 ;; End:
32028 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here